File-copy from v4.4.100
This is the result of 'cp' from a linux-stable tree with the 'v4.4.100'
tag checked out (commit 26d6298789e695c9f627ce49a7bbd2286405798a) on
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git
Please refer to that tree for all history prior to this point.
Change-Id: I8a9ee2aea93cd29c52c847d0ce33091a73ae6afe
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/README b/Documentation/ABI/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fafc4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/README
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+This directory attempts to document the ABI between the Linux kernel and
+userspace, and the relative stability of these interfaces. Due to the
+everchanging nature of Linux, and the differing maturity levels, these
+interfaces should be used by userspace programs in different ways.
+
+We have four different levels of ABI stability, as shown by the four
+different subdirectories in this location. Interfaces may change levels
+of stability according to the rules described below.
+
+The different levels of stability are:
+
+ stable/
+ This directory documents the interfaces that the developer has
+ defined to be stable. Userspace programs are free to use these
+ interfaces with no restrictions, and backward compatibility for
+ them will be guaranteed for at least 2 years. Most interfaces
+ (like syscalls) are expected to never change and always be
+ available.
+
+ testing/
+ This directory documents interfaces that are felt to be stable,
+ as the main development of this interface has been completed.
+ The interface can be changed to add new features, but the
+ current interface will not break by doing this, unless grave
+ errors or security problems are found in them. Userspace
+ programs can start to rely on these interfaces, but they must be
+ aware of changes that can occur before these interfaces move to
+ be marked stable. Programs that use these interfaces are
+ strongly encouraged to add their name to the description of
+ these interfaces, so that the kernel developers can easily
+ notify them if any changes occur (see the description of the
+ layout of the files below for details on how to do this.)
+
+ obsolete/
+ This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in
+ the kernel, but are marked to be removed at some later point in
+ time. The description of the interface will document the reason
+ why it is obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed.
+
+ removed/
+ This directory contains a list of the old interfaces that have
+ been removed from the kernel.
+
+Every file in these directories will contain the following information:
+
+What: Short description of the interface
+Date: Date created
+KernelVersion: Kernel version this feature first showed up in.
+Contact: Primary contact for this interface (may be a mailing list)
+Description: Long description of the interface and how to use it.
+Users: All users of this interface who wish to be notified when
+ it changes. This is very important for interfaces in
+ the "testing" stage, so that kernel developers can work
+ with userspace developers to ensure that things do not
+ break in ways that are unacceptable. It is also
+ important to get feedback for these interfaces to make
+ sure they are working in a proper way and do not need to
+ be changed further.
+
+
+How things move between levels:
+
+Interfaces in stable may move to obsolete, as long as the proper
+notification is given.
+
+Interfaces may be removed from obsolete and the kernel as long as the
+documented amount of time has gone by.
+
+Interfaces in the testing state can move to the stable state when the
+developers feel they are finished. They cannot be removed from the
+kernel tree without going through the obsolete state first.
+
+It's up to the developer to place their interfaces in the category they
+wish for it to start out in.
+
+
+Notable bits of non-ABI, which should not under any circumstances be considered
+stable:
+
+- Kconfig. Userspace should not rely on the presence or absence of any
+ particular Kconfig symbol, in /proc/config.gz, in the copy of .config
+ commonly installed to /boot, or in any invocation of the kernel build
+ process.
+
+- Kernel-internal symbols. Do not rely on the presence, absence, location, or
+ type of any kernel symbol, either in System.map files or the kernel binary
+ itself. See Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0b0eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+What: /proc/sys/vm/nr_pdflush_threads
+Date: June 2012
+Contact: Wanpeng Li <liwp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description: Since pdflush is replaced by per-BDI flusher, the interface of old pdflush
+ exported in /proc/sys/vm/ should be removed.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..720ea92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_reads
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The num_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ reads (failed or successful) done on this device.
+ Now accessible via zram<id>/stat node.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_writes
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The num_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ writes (failed or successful) done on this device.
+ Now accessible via zram<id>/stat node.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/invalid_io
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device.
+ Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/failed_reads
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The failed_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ failed reads happened on this device.
+ Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/failed_writes
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The failed_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ failed writes happened on this device.
+ Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/notify_free
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The notify_free file is read-only. Depending on device usage
+ scenario it may account a) the number of pages freed because
+ of swap slot free notifications or b) the number of pages freed
+ because of REQ_DISCARD requests sent by bio. The former ones
+ are sent to a swap block device when a swap slot is freed, which
+ implies that this disk is being used as a swap disk. The latter
+ ones are sent by filesystem mounted with discard option,
+ whenever some data blocks are getting discarded.
+ Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/zero_pages
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The zero_pages file is read-only and specifies number of zero
+ filled pages written to this disk. No memory is allocated for
+ such pages.
+ Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/orig_data_size
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The orig_data_size file is read-only and specifies uncompressed
+ size of data stored in this disk. This excludes zero-filled
+ pages (zero_pages) since no memory is allocated for them.
+ Unit: bytes
+ Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compr_data_size
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The compr_data_size file is read-only and specifies compressed
+ size of data stored in this disk. So, compression ratio can be
+ calculated using orig_data_size and this statistic.
+ Unit: bytes
+ Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_total
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The mem_used_total file is read-only and specifies the amount
+ of memory, including allocator fragmentation and metadata
+ overhead, allocated for this disk. So, allocator space
+ efficiency can be calculated using compr_data_size and this
+ statistic.
+ Unit: bytes
+ Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_max
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The mem_used_max file is read/write and specifies the amount
+ of maximum memory zram have consumed to store compressed data.
+ For resetting the value, you should write "0". Otherwise,
+ you could see -EINVAL.
+ Unit: bytes
+ Downgraded to write-only node: so it's possible to set new
+ value only; its current value is stored in zram<id>/mm_stat
+ node.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_limit
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The mem_limit file is read/write and specifies the maximum
+ amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data.
+ The limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable
+ the limit. No limit is the initial state. Unit: bytes
+ Downgraded to write-only node: so it's possible to set new
+ value only; its current value is stored in zram<id>/mm_stat
+ node.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd096d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/level
+Date: March 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.21
+Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+ Each USB device directory will contain a file named
+ power/level. This file holds a power-level setting for
+ the device, either "on" or "auto".
+
+ "on" means that the device is not allowed to autosuspend,
+ although normal suspends for system sleep will still
+ be honored. "auto" means the device will autosuspend
+ and autoresume in the usual manner, according to the
+ capabilities of its driver.
+
+ During normal use, devices should be left in the "auto"
+ level. The "on" level is meant for administrative uses.
+ If you want to suspend a device immediately but leave it
+ free to wake up in response to I/O requests, you should
+ write "0" to power/autosuspend.
+
+ Device not capable of proper suspend and resume should be
+ left in the "on" level. Although the USB spec requires
+ devices to support suspend/resume, many of them do not.
+ In fact so many don't that by default, the USB core
+ initializes all non-hub devices in the "on" level. Some
+ drivers may change this setting when they are bound.
+
+ This file is deprecated and will be removed after 2010.
+ Use the power/control file instead; it does exactly the
+ same thing.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff60ad9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support
+
+For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt.
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state
+Date: 09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion v2.6.22
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Current state of the transmitter.
+ This file is deprecated and scheduled to be removed in 2014,
+ because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block'
+ state of the rfkill driver.
+Values: A numeric value.
+ 0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED
+ transmitter is turned off by software
+ 1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED
+ transmitter is (potentially) active
+ 2: RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED
+ transmitter is forced off by something outside of
+ the driver's control.
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/claim
+Date: 09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion v2.6.22
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This file is deprecated because there no longer is a way to
+ claim just control over a single rfkill instance.
+ This file is scheduled to be removed in 2012.
+Values: 0: Kernel handles events
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55e281b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/actual_profile
+Date: Januar 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-5.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+ profile which is also the profile that's active on device startup.
+ When written this attribute activates the selected profile
+ immediately.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/button
+Date: Januar 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The keyboard can store short macros with consist of 1 button with
+ several modifier keys internally.
+ When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific
+ button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are
+ included in written data. The data has to be 24 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/info
+Date: Januar 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns some info about the device like the
+ installed firmware version.
+ The size of the data is 8 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/key_mask
+Date: Januar 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The keyboard lets the user deactivate 5 certain keys like the
+ windows and application keys, to protect the user from the outcome
+ of accidentally pressing them.
+ The integer value of this attribute has bits 0-4 set depending
+ on the state of the corresponding key.
+ When read, this file returns the current state of the buttons.
+ When written, the given buttons are activated/deactivated
+ immediately.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/mode_key
+Date: Januar 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The keyboard has a condensed layout without num-lock key.
+ Instead it uses a mode-key which activates a gaming mode where
+ the assignment of the number block changes.
+ The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON).
+ When read, this file returns the actual state of the key.
+ When written, the key is activated/deactivated immediately.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c601d0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/actual_profile
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+ profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the
+ profile that's active when the device is powered on next time.
+ When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
+ and the device activates this profile immediately.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/info
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+ The data is 6 bytes long.
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/key_mask
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one deactivate certain keys like
+ windows and application keys, to prevent accidental presses.
+ Profile number for which this settings occur is included in
+ written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_capslock
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the
+ capslock key for a specific profile. Profile number is included
+ in written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_easyzone
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the
+ easyzone keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included
+ in written data. The data has to be 65 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_function
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the
+ function keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included
+ in written data. The data has to be 41 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_macro
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the macro
+ keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included in
+ written data. The data has to be 35 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_media
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the media
+ keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included in
+ written data. The data has to be 29 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_thumbster
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the
+ thumbster keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included
+ in written data. The data has to be 23 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/last_set
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the time in secs since
+ epoch in which the last configuration took place.
+ The data has to be 20 bytes long.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/light
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the backlight intensity for
+ a specific profile. Profile number is included in written data.
+ The data has to be 10 bytes long for Isku, IskuFX needs 16 bytes
+ of data.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/macro
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one store macros with max 500
+ keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile.
+ Button and profile numbers are included in written data.
+ The data has to be 2083 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile and key to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/reset
+Date: November 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one reset the device.
+ The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/control
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which
+ profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/talk
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one trigger easyshift functionality
+ from the host.
+ The data has to be 16 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/talkfx
+Date: February 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one trigger temporary color schemes
+ from the host.
+ The data has to be 16 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..545e69f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/actual_profile
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+ profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the
+ profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time.
+ When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
+ and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/startup_profile
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+ profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the
+ profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time.
+ When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
+ and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
+ Please use actual_profile, it does the same thing.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/firmware_version
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+ firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+ further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+ number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+ left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
+ This file is readonly.
+ Please read binary attribute info which contains firmware version.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/info
+Date: November 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+ When written, the device can be reset.
+ The data is 8 bytes long.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/macro
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store a macro with max 500 key/button strokes
+ internally.
+ When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific
+ button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are
+ included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_buttons
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 77 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+ When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
+ The returned data is 77 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+ Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_settings
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+ and light effects.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+ and light effects.
+ When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
+ The returned data is 43 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+ Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/sensor
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These
+ can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be
+ set. The data has to be 6 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/talk
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: Used to active some easy* functions of the mouse from outside.
+ The data has to be 16 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit
+ can be initiated/cancelled. Also lets one read/write sensor
+ registers.
+ The data has to be 4 bytes long.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu_image
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read the mouse returns a 30x30 pixel image of the
+ sampled underground. This works only in the course of a
+ calibration process initiated with tcu.
+ The returned data is 1028 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41a9b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/actual_profile
+Date: December 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. actual_profile holds number of actual profile.
+ This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile
+ that's active when the mouse is powered on next time.
+ When written, the mouse activates the set profile immediately.
+ The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/control
+Date: December 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which
+ profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/info
+Date: December 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+ When written, the device can be reset.
+ The data is 6 bytes long.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/macro
+Date: December 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store a macro with max 500 key/button strokes
+ internally.
+ When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific
+ button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are
+ included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/profile_buttons
+Date: December 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 59 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/profile_settings
+Date: December 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+ and light effects.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 31 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/sensor
+Date: December 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These
+ can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be
+ set. The data has to be 6 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/talk
+Date: December 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: Used to active some easy* functions of the mouse from outside.
+ The data has to be 16 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/tcu
+Date: December 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit
+ can be initiated/cancelled. Also lets one read/write sensor
+ registers.
+ The data has to be 4 bytes long.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/tcu_image
+Date: December 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read the mouse returns a 30x30 pixel image of the
+ sampled underground. This works only in the course of a
+ calibration process initiated with tcu.
+ The returned data is 1028 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab01631
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_cpi
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-4.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the active
+ cpi level.
+ This file is readonly.
+ Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_profile
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the active
+ profile.
+ When written, the mouse activates this profile immediately.
+ The profile that's active when powered down is the same that's
+ active when the mouse is powered on.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_x
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+ sensitivity in x direction.
+ This file is readonly.
+ Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_y
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+ sensitivity in y direction.
+ This file is readonly.
+ Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/firmware_version
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+ firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+ further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+ number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+ left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
+ This file is readonly.
+ Obsoleted by binary sysfs attribute "info".
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/info
+Date: November 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+ When written, the device can be reset.
+ The data is 6 bytes long.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile_buttons
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 23 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+ When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
+ The returned data is 23 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+ Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile_settings
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+ and light effects.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 16 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+ and light effects.
+ When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
+ The returned data is 16 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+ Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31c6c4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/control
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, cpi, button and light settings can be configured.
+ When read, actual cpi setting and sensor data are returned.
+ The data has to be 8 bytes long.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16020b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_cpi
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the
+ press of a button.
+ When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual cpi
+ setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
+ processed to receive the real dpi value.
+
+ VALUE DPI
+ 1 400
+ 2 800
+ 4 1600
+
+ This file is readonly.
+ Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_profile
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in
+ range 0-4.
+ This file is readonly.
+ Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/firmware_version
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+ firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+ further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+ number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+ left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
+ This file is readonly.
+ Please use binary attribute "info" which provides this information.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/info
+Date: November 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+ When written, the device can be reset.
+ The data is 6 bytes long.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_buttons
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 19 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+ When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
+ The returned data is 19 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+ Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_settings
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+ and light effects.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 13 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+ and light effects.
+ When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
+ The returned data is 13 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+ Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/settings
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
+ The size of the data is 3 bytes and holds information on the
+ startup_profile.
+ When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
+ The data has to be 3 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
+ data.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/startup_profile
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
+ that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+ This file is readonly.
+ Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-ryos b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-ryos
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d6a8cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-ryos
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/control
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which
+ profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/profile
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. profile holds index of actual profile.
+ This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile
+ that's active when the device is powered on next time.
+ When written, the device activates the set profile immediately.
+ The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+ The device will reject invalid data.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/keys_primary
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the default of all keys for
+ a specific profile. Profile index is included in written data.
+ The data has to be 125 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/keys_function
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the
+ function keys for a specific profile. Profile index is included
+ in written data. The data has to be 95 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/keys_macro
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the macro
+ keys for a specific profile. Profile index is included in
+ written data. The data has to be 35 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/keys_thumbster
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the
+ thumbster keys for a specific profile. Profile index is included
+ in written data. The data has to be 23 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/keys_extra
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the
+ capslock and function keys for a specific profile. Profile index
+ is included in written data. The data has to be 8 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/keys_easyzone
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the
+ easyzone keys for a specific profile. Profile index is included
+ in written data. The data has to be 294 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/key_mask
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one deactivate certain keys like
+ windows and application keys, to prevent accidental presses.
+ Profile index for which this settings occur is included in
+ written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/light
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the backlight intensity for
+ a specific profile. Profile index is included in written data.
+ This attribute is only valid for the glow and pro variant.
+ The data has to be 16 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/macro
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one store macros with max 480
+ keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile.
+ Button and profile indexes are included in written data.
+ The data has to be 2002 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile and key to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/info
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+ The data is 8 bytes long.
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/reset
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one reset the device.
+ The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/talk
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one trigger easyshift functionality
+ from the host.
+ The data has to be 16 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/light_control
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one switch between stored and custom
+ light settings.
+ This attribute is only valid for the pro variant.
+ The data has to be 8 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/stored_lights
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set per-key lighting for different
+ layers.
+ This attribute is only valid for the pro variant.
+ The data has to be 1382 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/custom_lights
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set the actual per-key lighting.
+ This attribute is only valid for the pro variant.
+ The data has to be 20 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/light_macro
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one set a light macro that is looped
+ whenever the device gets in dimness mode.
+ This attribute is only valid for the pro variant.
+ The data has to be 2002 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1e02a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/buttons
+Date: Mai 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split into general settings and
+ button settings. buttons holds informations about button layout.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ buttons to the mouse. The data has to be 47 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/control
+Date: Mai 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which
+ profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/general
+Date: Mai 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split into general settings and
+ button settings. profile holds informations like resolution, sensitivity
+ and light effects.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ This file is writeonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/info
+Date: Mai 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+ When written, the device can be reset.
+ The data is 8 bytes long.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/macro
+Date: Mai 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written, this file lets one store macros with max 500
+ keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile.
+ Button and profile numbers are included in written data.
+ The data has to be 2083 bytes long.
+ Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+ which profile and key to read.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/profile
+Date: Mai 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. profile holds number of actual profile.
+ This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile
+ that's active when the mouse is powered on next time.
+ When written, the mouse activates the set profile immediately.
+ The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/sensor
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse has a Avago ADNS-3090 sensor.
+ This file allows reading and writing of the mouse sensors registers.
+ The data has to be 4 bytes long.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0020c49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: devfs
+Date: July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable
+ races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is
+ against the LSB, and can be replaced by using udev.
+ The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h were removed,
+ along with the assorted devfs function calls throughout the
+ kernel tree.
+
+Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2310b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: dv1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-DV I/O support" for FireWire)
+Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ /dev/dv1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire
+ controller and for NTSC and PAL respectively, from which DV data
+ could be received by read() or transmitted by write(). A few
+ ioctl()s allowed limited control.
+ This special-purpose interface has been superseded by libraw1394 +
+ libiec61883 which are functionally equivalent, support HDV, and
+ transparently work on top of the newer firewire kernel drivers.
+
+Users:
+ ffmpeg/libavformat (if configured for DV1394)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue b/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3243613
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: ip_queue
+Date: finally removed in kernel v3.5.0
+Contact: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
+Description:
+ ip_queue has been replaced by nfnetlink_queue which provides
+ more advanced queueing mechanism to user-space. The ip_queue
+ module was already announced to become obsolete years ago.
+
+Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/net_dma b/Documentation/ABI/removed/net_dma
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a173aec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/net_dma
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: tcp_dma_copybreak sysctl
+Date: Removed in kernel v3.13
+Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Formerly the lower limit, in bytes, of the size of socket reads
+ that will be offloaded to a DMA copy engine. Removed due to
+ coherency issues of the cpu potentially touching the buffers
+ while dma is in flight.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20c91ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/o2cb symlink
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description: This is a symlink: /sys/o2cb to /sys/fs/o2cb. The symlink is
+ removed when new versions of ocfs2-tools which know to look
+ in /sys/fs/o2cb are sufficiently prevalent. Don't code new
+ software to look here, it should try /sys/fs/o2cb instead.
+Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to
+ ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec333e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: raw1394 (a.k.a. "Raw IEEE1394 I/O support" for FireWire)
+Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ /dev/raw1394 was a character device file that allowed low-level
+ access to FireWire buses. Its major drawbacks were its inability
+ to implement sensible device security policies, and its low level
+ of abstraction that required userspace clients to duplicate much
+ of the kernel's ieee1394 core functionality.
+ Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
+ firewire-core.
+
+Users:
+ libraw1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI
+ users)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c39c25a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: video1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-1394 Video support" for FireWire)
+Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ /dev/video1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire
+ controller, which were used for isochronous I/O. It was added as an
+ alternative to raw1394's isochronous I/O functionality which had
+ performance issues in its first generation. Any video1394 user had
+ to use raw1394 + libraw1394 too because video1394 did not provide
+ asynchronous I/O for device discovery and configuration.
+ Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
+ firewire-core.
+
+Users:
+ libdc1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI
+ users)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16d0308
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+What: /dev/fw[0-9]+
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ The character device files /dev/fw* are the interface between
+ firewire-core and IEEE 1394 device drivers implemented in
+ userspace. The ioctl(2)- and read(2)-based ABI is defined and
+ documented in <linux/firewire-cdev.h>.
+
+ This ABI offers most of the features which firewire-core also
+ exposes to kernelspace IEEE 1394 drivers.
+
+ Each /dev/fw* is associated with one IEEE 1394 node, which can
+ be remote or local nodes. Operations on a /dev/fw* file have
+ different scope:
+ - The 1394 node which is associated with the file:
+ - Asynchronous request transmission
+ - Get the Configuration ROM
+ - Query node ID
+ - Query maximum speed of the path between this node
+ and local node
+ - The 1394 bus (i.e. "card") to which the node is attached to:
+ - Isochronous stream transmission and reception
+ - Asynchronous stream transmission and reception
+ - Asynchronous broadcast request transmission
+ - PHY packet transmission and reception
+ - Allocate, reallocate, deallocate isochronous
+ resources (channels, bandwidth) at the bus's IRM
+ - Query node IDs of local node, root node, IRM, bus
+ manager
+ - Query cycle time
+ - Bus reset initiation, bus reset event reception
+ - All 1394 buses:
+ - Allocation of IEEE 1212 address ranges on the local
+ link layers, reception of inbound requests to such
+ an address range, asynchronous response transmission
+ to inbound requests
+ - Addition of descriptors or directories to the local
+ nodes' Configuration ROM
+
+ Due to the different scope of operations and in order to let
+ userland implement different access permission models, some
+ operations are restricted to /dev/fw* files that are associated
+ with a local node:
+ - Addition of descriptors or directories to the local
+ nodes' Configuration ROM
+ - PHY packet transmission and reception
+
+ A /dev/fw* file remains associated with one particular node
+ during its entire life time. Bus topology changes, and hence
+ node ID changes, are tracked by firewire-core. ABI users do not
+ need to be aware of topology.
+
+ The following file operations are supported:
+
+ open(2)
+ Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
+
+ ioctl(2)
+ Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others
+ are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns.
+ See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for
+ descriptions of all ioctls.
+
+ poll(2), select(2), epoll_wait(2) etc.
+ Watch for events to become available to be read.
+
+ read(2)
+ Receive various events. There are solicited events like
+ outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous
+ buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets,
+ request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read
+ buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that
+ could ever arrive. See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions
+ of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of
+ events.
+
+ mmap(2)
+ Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission
+ and map it into the process address space. The arguments should
+ be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer
+ size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet,
+ prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE
+ for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the
+ /dev/fw*, offset = 0.
+
+ Isochronous reception works in packet-per-buffer fashion except
+ for multichannel reception which works in buffer-fill mode.
+
+ munmap(2)
+ Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space.
+
+ close(2)
+ Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated
+ with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local
+ nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and
+ bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted
+ re- and deallocation.
+
+Users: libraw1394
+ libdc1394
+ tools like jujuutils, fwhack, ...
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5eb1545
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/fs/o2cb/ (was /sys/o2cb)
+Date: Dec 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.16
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description: Ocfs2-tools looks at 'interface-revision' for versioning
+ information. Each logmask/ file controls a set of debug prints
+ and can be written into with the strings "allow", "deny", or
+ "off". Reading the file returns the current state.
+Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to
+ ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls b/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3ae3e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: The kernel syscall interface
+Description:
+ This interface matches much of the POSIX interface and is based
+ on it and other Unix based interfaces. It will only be added to
+ over time, and not have things removed from it.
+
+ Note that this interface is different for every architecture
+ that Linux supports. Please see the architecture-specific
+ documentation for details on the syscall numbers that are to be
+ mapped to each syscall.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..964c7a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile
+Date: 03-Nov-2011
+KernelVersion: v3.2
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform
+ power management (and performance) requirement expectations
+ as provided by BIOS. The integer value is directly passed as
+ retrieved from the FADT ACPI table.
+Values: For possible values see ACPI specification:
+ 5.2.9 Fixed ACPI Description Table (FADT)
+ Field: Preferred_PM_Profile
+
+ Currently these values are defined by spec:
+ 0 Unspecified
+ 1 Desktop
+ 2 Mobile
+ 3 Workstation
+ 4 Enterprise Server
+ 5 SOHO Server
+ 6 Appliance PC
+ 7 Performance Server
+ >7 Reserved
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41e5a0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ IEEE 1394 node device attributes.
+ Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime.
+ See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions.
+
+ config_rom
+ Contents of the Configuration ROM register.
+ Binary attribute; an array of host-endian u32.
+
+ guid
+ The node's EUI-64 in the bus information block of
+ Configuration ROM.
+ Hexadecimal string representation of an u64.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/units
+Date: June 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ IEEE 1394 node device attribute.
+ Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime.
+ See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions.
+
+ units
+ Summary of all units present in an IEEE 1394 node.
+ Contains space-separated tuples of specifier_id and
+ version of each unit present in the node. Specifier_id
+ and version are hexadecimal string representations of
+ u24 of the respective unit directory entries.
+ Specifier_id and version within each tuple are separated
+ by a colon.
+
+Users: udev rules to set ownership and access permissions or ACLs of
+ /dev/fw[0-9]+ character device files
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/is_local
+Date: July 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.6
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ IEEE 1394 node device attribute.
+ Read-only and immutable.
+Values: 1: The sysfs entry represents a local node (a controller card).
+ 0: The sysfs entry represents a remote node.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+[.][0-9]+/
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ IEEE 1394 unit device attributes.
+ Read-only. Immutable during the unit device's lifetime.
+ See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions.
+
+ modalias
+ Same as MODALIAS in the uevent at device creation.
+
+ rom_index
+ Offset of the unit directory within the parent device's
+ (node device's) Configuration ROM, in quadlets.
+ Decimal string representation.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/*/
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ Attributes common to IEEE 1394 node devices and unit devices.
+ Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime.
+ Immutable during the unit device's lifetime.
+ See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions.
+
+ These attributes are only created if the root directory of an
+ IEEE 1394 node or the unit directory of an IEEE 1394 unit
+ actually contains according entries.
+
+ hardware_version
+ Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
+
+ hardware_version_name
+ Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf.
+
+ model
+ Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
+
+ model_name
+ Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf.
+
+ specifier_id
+ Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
+ Mandatory in unit directories according to IEEE 1212.
+
+ vendor
+ Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
+ Mandatory in the root directory according to IEEE 1212.
+
+ vendor_name
+ Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf.
+
+ version
+ Hexadecimal string representation of an u24.
+ Mandatory in unit directories according to IEEE 1212.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/firewire/drivers/sbp2/fw*/host*/target*/*:*:*:*/ieee1394_id
+ formerly
+ /sys/bus/ieee1394/drivers/sbp2/fw*/host*/target*/*:*:*:*/ieee1394_id
+Date: Feb 2004
+KernelVersion: 2.6.4
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ SCSI target port identifier and logical unit identifier of a
+ logical unit of an SBP-2 target. The identifiers are specified
+ in SAM-2...SAM-4 annex A. They are persistent and world-wide
+ unique properties the SBP-2 attached target.
+
+ Read-only attribute, immutable during the target's lifetime.
+ Format, as exposed by firewire-sbp2 since 2.6.22, May 2007:
+ Colon-separated hexadecimal string representations of
+ u64 EUI-64 : u24 directory_ID : u16 LUN
+ without 0x prefixes, without whitespace. The former sbp2 driver
+ (removed in 2.6.37 after being superseded by firewire-sbp2) used
+ a somewhat shorter format which was not as close to SAM.
+
+Users: udev rules to create /dev/disk/by-id/ symlinks
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..831f15d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/persist
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.23
+Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+ USB device directories can contain a file named power/persist.
+ The file holds a boolean value (0 or 1) indicating whether or
+ not the "USB-Persist" facility is enabled for the device. For
+ hubs this facility is always enabled and their device
+ directories will not contain this file.
+
+ For more information, see Documentation/usb/persist.txt.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/autosuspend
+Date: March 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.21
+Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+ Each USB device directory will contain a file named
+ power/autosuspend. This file holds the time (in seconds)
+ the device must be idle before it will be autosuspended.
+ 0 means the device will be autosuspended as soon as
+ possible. Negative values will prevent the device from
+ being autosuspended at all, and writing a negative value
+ will resume the device if it is already suspended.
+
+ The autosuspend delay for newly-created devices is set to
+ the value of the usbcore.autosuspend module parameter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/connected_duration
+Date: January 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
+Description:
+ If CONFIG_PM is enabled, then this file is present. When read,
+ it returns the total time (in msec) that the USB device has been
+ connected to the machine. This file is read-only.
+Users:
+ PowerTOP <powertop@lists.01.org>
+ https://01.org/powertop/
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/active_duration
+Date: January 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
+Description:
+ If CONFIG_PM is enabled, then this file is present. When read,
+ it returns the total time (in msec) that the USB device has been
+ active, i.e. not in a suspended state. This file is read-only.
+
+ Tools can use this file and the connected_duration file to
+ compute the percentage of time that a device has been active.
+ For example,
+ echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`))
+ will give an integer percentage. Note that this does not
+ account for counter wrap.
+Users:
+ PowerTOP <powertop@lists.01.org>
+ https://01.org/powertop/
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<port[.port]>...:<config num>-<interface num>/supports_autosuspend
+Date: January 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
+Description:
+ When read, this file returns 1 if the interface driver
+ for this interface supports autosuspend. It also
+ returns 1 if no driver has claimed this interface, as an
+ unclaimed interface will not stop the device from being
+ autosuspended if all other interface drivers are idle.
+ The file returns 0 if autosuspend support has not been
+ added to the driver.
+Users:
+ USB PM tool
+ git://git.moblin.org/users/sarah/usb-pm-tool/
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../avoid_reset_quirk
+Date: December 2009
+Contact: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.org>
+Description:
+ Writing 1 to this file tells the kernel that this
+ device will morph into another mode when it is reset.
+ Drivers will not use reset for error handling for
+ such devices.
+Users:
+ usb_modeswitch
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../devnum
+KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18
+Description:
+ Device address on the USB bus.
+Users:
+ libusb
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../bConfigurationValue
+KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18
+Description:
+ bConfigurationValue of the *active* configuration for the
+ device. Writing 0 or -1 to bConfigurationValue will reset the
+ active configuration (unconfigure the device). Writing
+ another value will change the active configuration.
+
+ Note that some devices, in violation of the USB spec, have a
+ configuration with a value equal to 0. Writing 0 to
+ bConfigurationValue for these devices will install that
+ configuration, rather then unconfigure the device.
+
+ Writing -1 will always unconfigure the device.
+Users:
+ libusb
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../busnum
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Description:
+ Bus-number of the USB-bus the device is connected to.
+Users:
+ libusb
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../descriptors
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Description:
+ Binary file containing cached descriptors of the device. The
+ binary data consists of the device descriptor followed by the
+ descriptors for each configuration of the device.
+ Note that the wTotalLength of the config descriptors can not
+ be trusted, as the device may have a smaller config descriptor
+ than it advertises. The bLength field of each (sub) descriptor
+ can be trusted, and can be used to seek forward one (sub)
+ descriptor at a time until the next config descriptor is found.
+ All descriptors read from this file are in bus-endian format
+Users:
+ libusb
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../speed
+KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18
+Description:
+ Speed the device is connected with to the usb-host in
+ Mbit / second. IE one of 1.5 / 12 / 480 / 5000.
+Users:
+ libusb
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..636e938
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/vmbus_*/id
+Date: Jul 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
+Description: The VMBus child_relid of the device's primary channel
+Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus
+
+What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/vmbus_*/class_id
+Date: Jul 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
+Description: The VMBus interface type GUID of the device
+Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus
+
+What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/vmbus_*/device_id
+Date: Jul 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
+Description: The VMBus interface instance GUID of the device
+Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus
+
+What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/vmbus_*/channel_vp_mapping
+Date: Jul 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2.0
+Contact: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
+Description: The mapping of which primary/sub channels are bound to which
+ Virtual Processors.
+ Format: <channel's child_relid:the bound cpu's number>
+Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..140d85b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../w1_master_timeout_us
+Date: April 2015
+Contact: Dmitry Khromov <dk@icelogic.net>
+Description: Bus scanning interval, microseconds component.
+ Some of 1-Wire devices commonly associated with physical access
+ control systems are attached/generate presence for as short as
+ 100 ms - hence the tens-to-hundreds milliseconds scan intervals
+ are required.
+ see Documentation/w1/w1.generic for detailed information.
+Users: any user space application which wants to know bus scanning
+ interval
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d5951c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/*/devtype
+Date: Feb 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ The type of the device. e.g., one of: 'vbd' (block),
+ 'vif' (network), or 'vfb' (framebuffer).
+
+What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/*/nodename
+Date: Feb 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ XenStore node (under /local/domain/NNN/) for this
+ backend device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/physical_device
+Date: April 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ The major:minor number (in hexidecimal) of the
+ physical device providing the storage for this backend
+ block device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/mode
+Date: April 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Whether the block device is read-only ('r') or
+ read-write ('w').
+
+What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/f_req
+Date: April 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Number of flush requests from the frontend.
+
+What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/oo_req
+Date: April 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Number of requests delayed because the backend was too
+ busy processing previous requests.
+
+What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/rd_req
+Date: April 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Number of read requests from the frontend.
+
+What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/rd_sect
+Date: April 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Number of sectors read by the frontend.
+
+What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/wr_req
+Date: April 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Number of write requests from the frontend.
+
+What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/wr_sect
+Date: April 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Number of sectors written by the frontend.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70302f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/bl_power
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Control BACKLIGHT power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h
+ - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on.
+ - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off
+Users: HAL
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Control the brightness for this <backlight>. Values
+ are between 0 and max_brightness. This file will also
+ show the brightness level stored in the driver, which
+ may not be the actual brightness (see actual_brightness).
+Users: HAL
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/actual_brightness
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Show the actual brightness by querying the hardware.
+Users: HAL
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Maximum brightness for <backlight>.
+Users: HAL
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/type
+Date: September 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The type of interface controlled by <backlight>.
+ "firmware": The driver uses a standard firmware interface
+ "platform": The driver uses a platform-specific interface
+ "raw": The driver controls hardware registers directly
+
+ In the general case, when multiple backlight
+ interfaces are available for a single device, firmware
+ control should be preferred to platform control should
+ be preferred to raw control. Using a firmware
+ interface reduces the probability of confusion with
+ the hardware and the OS independently updating the
+ backlight state. Platform interfaces are mostly a
+ holdover from pre-standardisation of firmware
+ interfaces.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..097f522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support
+
+For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt.
+
+For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/state and
+/sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in
+Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill.
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill
+Date: 09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion: v2.6.22
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org,
+Description: The rfkill class subsystem folder.
+ Each registered rfkill driver is represented by an rfkillX
+ subfolder (X being an integer > 0).
+
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/name
+Date: 09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion v2.6.22
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Name assigned by driver to this key (interface or driver name).
+Values: arbitrary string.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/type
+Date: 09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion v2.6.22
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Driver type string ("wlan", "bluetooth", etc).
+Values: See include/linux/rfkill.h.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/persistent
+Date: 09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion v2.6.22
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Whether the soft blocked state is initialised from non-volatile
+ storage at startup.
+Values: A numeric value.
+ 0: false
+ 1: true
+
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/hard
+Date: 12-March-2010
+KernelVersion v2.6.34
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Current hardblock state. This file is read only.
+Values: A numeric value.
+ 0: inactive
+ The transmitter is (potentially) active.
+ 1: active
+ The transmitter is forced off by something outside of
+ the driver's control.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/soft
+Date: 12-March-2010
+KernelVersion v2.6.34
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Current softblock state. This file is read and write.
+Values: A numeric value.
+ 0: inactive
+ The transmitter is (potentially) active.
+ 1: active
+ The transmitter is turned off by software.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0e2383
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The device/ directory under a specific TPM instance exposes
+ the properties of that TPM chip
+
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/active
+Date: April 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "active" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is accepting
+ commands. An inactive TPM chip still contains all the state of
+ an active chip (Storage Root Key, NVRAM, etc), and can be
+ visible to the OS, but will only accept a restricted set of
+ commands. See the TPM Main Specification part 2, Structures,
+ section 17 for more information on which commands are
+ available.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/cancel
+Date: June 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.13
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "cancel" property allows you to cancel the currently
+ pending TPM command. Writing any value to cancel will call the
+ TPM vendor specific cancel operation.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/caps
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info.
+
+ Example output:
+
+ Manufacturer: 0x53544d20
+ TCG version: 1.2
+ Firmware version: 8.16
+
+ Manufacturer is a hex dump of the 4 byte manufacturer info
+ space in a TPM. TCG version shows the TCG TPM spec level that
+ the chip supports. Firmware version is that of the chip and
+ is manufacturer specific.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/durations
+Date: March 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "durations" property shows the 3 vendor-specific values
+ used to wait for a short, medium and long TPM command. All
+ TPM commands are categorized as short, medium or long in
+ execution time, so that the driver doesn't have to wait
+ any longer than necessary before starting to poll for a
+ result.
+
+ Example output:
+
+ 3015000 4508000 180995000 [original]
+
+ Here the short, medium and long durations are displayed in
+ usecs. "[original]" indicates that the values are displayed
+ unmodified from when they were queried from the chip.
+ Durations can be modified in the case where a buggy chip
+ reports them in msec instead of usec and they need to be
+ scaled to be displayed in usecs. In this case "[adjusted]"
+ will be displayed in place of "[original]".
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/enabled
+Date: April 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "enabled" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is enabled,
+ meaning that it should be visible to the OS. This property
+ may be visible but produce a '0' after some operation that
+ disables the TPM.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/owned
+Date: April 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "owned" property produces a '1' if the TPM_TakeOwnership
+ ordinal has been executed successfully in the chip. A '0'
+ indicates that ownership hasn't been taken.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/pcrs
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "pcrs" property will dump the current value of all Platform
+ Configuration Registers in the TPM. Note that since these
+ values may be constantly changing, the output is only valid
+ for a snapshot in time.
+
+ Example output:
+
+ PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ ...
+
+ The number of PCRs and hex bytes needed to represent a PCR
+ value will vary depending on TPM chip version. For TPM 1.1 and
+ 1.2 chips, PCRs represent SHA-1 hashes, which are 20 bytes
+ long. Use the "caps" property to determine TPM version.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/pubek
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "pubek" property will return the TPM's public endorsement
+ key if possible. If the TPM has had ownership established and
+ is version 1.2, the pubek will not be available without the
+ owner's authorization. Since the TPM driver doesn't store any
+ secrets, it can't authorize its own request for the pubek,
+ making it unaccessible. The public endorsement key is gener-
+ ated at TPM manufacture time and exists for the life of the
+ chip.
+
+ Example output:
+
+ Algorithm: 00 00 00 01
+ Encscheme: 00 03
+ Sigscheme: 00 01
+ Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00
+ Modulus length: 256
+ Modulus:
+ B4 76 41 82 C9 20 2C 10 18 40 BC 8B E5 44 4C 6C
+ 3A B2 92 0C A4 9B 2A 83 EB 5C 12 85 04 48 A0 B6
+ 1E E4 81 84 CE B2 F2 45 1C F0 85 99 61 02 4D EB
+ 86 C4 F7 F3 29 60 52 93 6B B2 E5 AB 8B A9 09 E3
+ D7 0E 7D CA 41 BF 43 07 65 86 3C 8C 13 7A D0 8B
+ 82 5E 96 0B F8 1F 5F 34 06 DA A2 52 C1 A9 D5 26
+ 0F F4 04 4B D9 3F 2D F2 AC 2F 74 64 1F 8B CD 3E
+ 1E 30 38 6C 70 63 69 AB E2 50 DF 49 05 2E E1 8D
+ 6F 78 44 DA 57 43 69 EE 76 6C 38 8A E9 8E A3 F0
+ A7 1F 3C A8 D0 12 15 3E CA 0E BD FA 24 CD 33 C6
+ 47 AE A4 18 83 8E 22 39 75 93 86 E6 FD 66 48 B6
+ 10 AD 94 14 65 F9 6A 17 78 BD 16 53 84 30 BF 70
+ E0 DC 65 FD 3C C6 B0 1E BF B9 C1 B5 6C EF B1 3A
+ F8 28 05 83 62 26 11 DC B4 6B 5A 97 FF 32 26 B6
+ F7 02 71 CF 15 AE 16 DD D1 C1 8E A8 CF 9B 50 7B
+ C3 91 FF 44 1E CF 7C 39 FE 17 77 21 20 BD CE 9B
+
+ Possible values:
+
+ Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1)
+ Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2)
+ TPM_ES_RSAESOAEP_SHA1_MGF1 (3)
+ Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1)
+ Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values:
+ Key Length (bits): 00 00 08 00 (2048)
+ Num primes: 00 00 00 02 (2)
+ Exponent Size: 00 00 00 00 (0 means the
+ default exp)
+ Modulus Length: 256 (bytes)
+ Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated
+Date: April 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "temp_deactivated" property returns a '1' if the chip has
+ been temporarily deactivated, usually until the next power
+ cycle. Whether a warm boot (reboot) will clear a TPM chip
+ from a temp_deactivated state is platform specific.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/timeouts
+Date: March 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net
+Description: The "timeouts" property shows the 4 vendor-specific values
+ for the TPM's interface spec timeouts. The use of these
+ timeouts is defined by the TPM interface spec that the chip
+ conforms to.
+
+ Example output:
+
+ 750000 750000 750000 750000 [original]
+
+ The four timeout values are shown in usecs, with a trailing
+ "[original]" or "[adjusted]" depending on whether the values
+ were scaled by the driver to be reported in usec from msecs.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18d471d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+What: /sys/class/ubi/
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ The ubi/ class sub-directory belongs to the UBI subsystem and
+ provides general UBI information, per-UBI device information
+ and per-UBI volume information.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/version
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ This file contains version of the latest supported UBI on-media
+ format. Currently it is 1, and there is no plan to change this.
+ However, if in the future UBI needs on-flash format changes
+ which cannot be done in a compatible manner, a new format
+ version will be added. So this is a mechanism for possible
+ future backward-compatible (but forward-incompatible)
+ improvements.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubiX/
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/ubi0, /sys/class/ubi1, etc directories describe
+ UBI devices (UBI device 0, 1, etc). They contain general UBI
+ device information and per UBI volume information (each UBI
+ device may have many UBI volumes)
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/avail_eraseblocks
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Amount of available logical eraseblock. For example, one may
+ create a new UBI volume which has this amount of logical
+ eraseblocks.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bad_peb_count
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Count of bad physical eraseblocks on the underlying MTD device.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bgt_enabled
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI background thread is disabled,
+ and ASCII "1\n" if it is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/dev
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+ to this UBI device (in <major>:<minor> format).
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/eraseblock_size
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Maximum logical eraseblock size this UBI device may provide. UBI
+ volumes may have smaller logical eraseblock size because of their
+ alignment.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_ec
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Maximum physical eraseblock erase counter value.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_vol_count
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Maximum number of volumes which this UBI device may have.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/min_io_size
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Minimum input/output unit size. All the I/O may only be done
+ in fractions of the contained number.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/mtd_num
+Date: January 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Number of the underlying MTD device.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/reserved_for_bad
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Number of physical eraseblocks reserved for bad block handling.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/total_eraseblocks
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Total number of good (not marked as bad) physical eraseblocks on
+ the underlying MTD device.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/volumes_count
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Count of volumes on this UBI device.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_0/, /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_1/,
+ etc directories describe UBI volumes on UBI device X (volumes
+ 0, 1, etc).
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/alignment
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Volume alignment - the value the logical eraseblock size of
+ this volume has to be aligned on. For example, 2048 means that
+ logical eraseblock size is multiple of 2048. In other words,
+ volume logical eraseblock size is UBI device logical eraseblock
+ size aligned to the alignment value.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/corrupted
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI volume is OK, and ASCII "1\n"
+ if it is corrupted (e.g., due to an interrupted volume update).
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/data_bytes
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ The amount of data this volume contains. This value makes sense
+ only for static volumes, and for dynamic volume it equivalent
+ to the total volume size in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/dev
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+ to this UBI volume (in <major>:<minor> format).
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/name
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Volume name.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/reserved_ebs
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Count of physical eraseblock reserved for this volume.
+ Equivalent to the volume size in logical eraseblocks.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/type
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Volume type. Contains ASCII "dynamic\n" for dynamic volumes and
+ "static\n" for static volumes.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/upd_marker
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Contains ASCII "0\n" if the update marker is not set for this
+ volume, and "1\n" if it is set. The update marker is set when
+ volume update starts, and cleaned when it ends. So the presence
+ of the update marker indicates that the volume is being updated
+ at the moment of the update was interrupted. The later may be
+ checked using the "corrupted" sysfs file.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/usable_eb_size
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Logical eraseblock size of this volume. Equivalent to logical
+ eraseblock size of the device aligned on the volume alignment
+ value.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85d3dac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/a_alt_hnp_support
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates if an OTG A-Host supports HNP at an alternate port.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/a_hnp_support
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates if an OTG A-Host supports HNP at this port.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/b_hnp_enable
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates if an OTG A-Host enabled HNP support.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/current_speed
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates the current negotiated speed at this port.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/is_a_peripheral
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates that this port is the default Host on an OTG session
+ but HNP was used to switch roles.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/is_otg
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates that this port support OTG.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/maximum_speed
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates the maximum USB speed supported by this port.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/maximum_speed
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates the maximum USB speed supported by this port.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/soft_connect
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Allows users to disconnect data pullup resistors thus causing a
+ logical disconnection from the USB Host.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/srp
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Allows users to manually start Session Request Protocol.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/state
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates current state of the USB Device Controller. Valid
+ states are: 'not-attached', 'attached', 'powered',
+ 'reconnecting', 'unauthenticated', 'default', 'addressed',
+ 'configured', and 'suspended'; however not all USB Device
+ Controllers support reporting all states.
+Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43f78b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# Note: This documents additional properties of any device beyond what
+# is documented in Documentation/sysfs-rules.txt
+
+What: /sys/devices/*/of_path
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Device Tree mailing list <devicetree@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Any device associated with a device-tree node will have
+ an of_path symlink pointing to the corresponding device
+ node in /sys/firmware/devicetree/
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b2d0f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/possible
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ Nodes that could be possibly become online at some point.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/online
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ Nodes that are online.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_normal_memory
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ Nodes that have regular memory.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_cpu
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ Nodes that have one or more CPUs.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_high_memory
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ Nodes that have regular or high memory.
+ Depends on CONFIG_HIGHMEM.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, this is a directory containing
+ information on node X such as what CPUs are local to the
+ node. Each file is detailed next.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpumap
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ The node's cpumap.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpulist
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ The CPUs associated to the node.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/meminfo
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ Provides information about the node's distribution and memory
+ utilization. Similar to /proc/meminfo, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/numastat
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ The node's hit/miss statistics, in units of pages.
+ See Documentation/numastat.txt
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/distance
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ Distance between the node and all the other nodes
+ in the system.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/vmstat
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ The node's zoned virtual memory statistics.
+ This is a superset of numastat.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/compact
+Date: February 2010
+Contact: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
+Description:
+ When this file is written to, all memory within that node
+ will be compacted. When it completes, memory will be freed
+ into blocks which have as many contiguous pages as possible
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/hugepages/hugepages-<size>/
+Date: December 2009
+Contact: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
+Description:
+ The node's huge page size control/query attributes.
+ See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33c133e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/dscr_default
+Date: 13-May-2014
+KernelVersion: v3.15.0
+Contact:
+Description: Writes are equivalent to writing to
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuN/dscr on all CPUs.
+ Reads return the last written value or 0.
+ This value is not a global default: it is a way to set
+ all per-CPU defaults at the same time.
+Values: 64 bit unsigned integer (bit field)
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu[0-9]+/dscr
+Date: 13-May-2014
+KernelVersion: v3.15.0
+Contact:
+Description: Default value for the Data Stream Control Register (DSCR) on
+ a CPU.
+ This default value is used when the kernel is executing and
+ for any process that has not set the DSCR itself.
+ If a process ever sets the DSCR (via direct access to the
+ SPR) that value will be persisted for that process and used
+ on any CPU where it executes (overriding the value described
+ here).
+ If set by a process it will be inherited by child processes.
+Values: 64 bit unsigned integer (bit field)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..caa311d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/max_retry_count
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ The maximum number of times the balloon driver will
+ attempt to increase the balloon before giving up. See
+ also 'retry_count' below.
+ A value of zero means retry forever and is the default one.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/max_schedule_delay
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ The limit that 'schedule_delay' (see below) will be
+ increased to. The default value is 32 seconds.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/retry_count
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ The current number of times that the balloon driver
+ has attempted to increase the size of the balloon.
+ The default value is one. With max_retry_count being
+ zero (unlimited), this means that the driver will attempt
+ to retry with a 'schedule_delay' delay.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/schedule_delay
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ The time (in seconds) to wait between attempts to
+ increase the balloon. Each time the balloon cannot be
+ increased, 'schedule_delay' is increased (until
+ 'max_schedule_delay' is reached at which point it
+ will use the max value).
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/target
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ The target number of pages to adjust this domain's
+ memory reservation to.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/target_kb
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ As target above, except the value is in KiB.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/current_kb
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Current size (in KiB) of this domain's memory
+ reservation.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/high_kb
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Amount (in KiB) of high memory in the balloon.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/low_kb
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Amount (in KiB) of low (or normal) memory in the
+ balloon.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7049a2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/add_target
+Date: January 2, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.15
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Interface for making ib_srp connect to a new target.
+ One can request ib_srp to connect to a new target by writing
+ a comma-separated list of login parameters to this sysfs
+ attribute. The supported parameters are:
+ * id_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight
+ byte identifier extension in the 16-byte SRP target port
+ identifier. The target port identifier is sent by ib_srp
+ to the target in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request.
+ * ioc_guid, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight
+ byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target port
+ identifier.
+ * dgid, a 32-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
+ destination GID.
+ * pkey, a four-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
+ InfiniBand partition key.
+ * service_id, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
+ InfiniBand service ID used to establish communication with
+ the SRP target. How to find out the value of the service ID
+ is specified in the documentation of the SRP target.
+ * max_sect, a decimal number specifying the maximum number of
+ 512-byte sectors to be transferred via a single SCSI command.
+ * max_cmd_per_lun, a decimal number specifying the maximum
+ number of outstanding commands for a single LUN.
+ * io_class, a hexadecimal number specifying the SRP I/O class.
+ Must be either 0xff00 (rev 10) or 0x0100 (rev 16a). The I/O
+ class defines the format of the SRP initiator and target
+ port identifiers.
+ * initiator_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
+ identifier extension portion of the SRP initiator port
+ identifier. This data is sent by the initiator to the target
+ in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request.
+ * cmd_sg_entries, a number in the range 1..255 that specifies
+ the maximum number of data buffer descriptors stored in the
+ SRP_CMD information unit itself. With allow_ext_sg=0 the
+ parameter cmd_sg_entries defines the maximum S/G list length
+ for a single SRP_CMD, and commands whose S/G list length
+ exceeds this limit after S/G list collapsing will fail.
+ * allow_ext_sg, whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial
+ memory descriptor list in an SRP_CMD instead of the entire
+ list. If a partial memory descriptor list has been included
+ in an SRP_CMD the remaining memory descriptors are
+ communicated from initiator to target via an additional RDMA
+ transfer. Setting allow_ext_sg to 1 increases the maximum
+ amount of data that can be transferred between initiator and
+ target via a single SCSI command. Since not all SRP target
+ implementations support partial memory descriptor lists the
+ default value for this option is 0.
+ * sg_tablesize, a number in the range 1..2048 specifying the
+ maximum S/G list length the SCSI layer is allowed to pass to
+ ib_srp. Specifying a value that exceeds cmd_sg_entries is
+ only safe with partial memory descriptor list support enabled
+ (allow_ext_sg=1).
+ * comp_vector, a number in the range 0..n-1 specifying the
+ MSI-X completion vector of the first RDMA channel. Some
+ HCA's allocate multiple (n) MSI-X vectors per HCA port. If
+ the IRQ affinity masks of these interrupts have been
+ configured such that each MSI-X interrupt is handled by a
+ different CPU then the comp_vector parameter can be used to
+ spread the SRP completion workload over multiple CPU's.
+ * tl_retry_count, a number in the range 2..7 specifying the
+ IB RC retry count.
+ * queue_size, the maximum number of commands that the
+ initiator is allowed to queue per SCSI host. The default
+ value for this parameter is 62. The lowest supported value
+ is 2.
+
+What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/ibdev
+Date: January 2, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.15
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: HCA name (<hca>).
+
+What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/port
+Date: January 2, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.15
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: HCA port number (<port_number>).
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/allow_ext_sg
+Date: May 19, 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial memory
+ descriptor list in an SRP_CMD when communicating with an SRP
+ target.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/ch_count
+Date: April 1, 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Number of RDMA channels used for communication with the SRP
+ target.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/cmd_sg_entries
+Date: May 19, 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Maximum number of data buffer descriptors that may be sent to
+ the target in a single SRP_CMD request.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/comp_vector
+Date: September 2, 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Completion vector used for the first RDMA channel.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/dgid
+Date: June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: InfiniBand destination GID used for communication with the SRP
+ target. Differs from orig_dgid if port redirection has happened.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/id_ext
+Date: June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Eight-byte identifier extension portion of the 16-byte target
+ port identifier.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/ioc_guid
+Date: June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Eight-byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target
+ port identifier.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/local_ib_device
+Date: November 29, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Name of the InfiniBand HCA used for communicating with the
+ SRP target.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/local_ib_port
+Date: November 29, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Number of the HCA port used for communicating with the
+ SRP target.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/orig_dgid
+Date: June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: InfiniBand destination GID specified in the parameters
+ written to the add_target sysfs attribute.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/pkey
+Date: June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: A 16-bit number representing the InfiniBand partition key used
+ for communication with the SRP target.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/req_lim
+Date: October 20, 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.36
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Number of requests ib_srp can send to the target before it has
+ to wait for more credits. For more information see also the
+ SRP credit algorithm in the SRP specification.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/service_id
+Date: June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: InfiniBand service ID used for establishing communication with
+ the SRP target.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/sgid
+Date: February 1, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: InfiniBand GID of the source port used for communication with
+ the SRP target.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/zero_req_lim
+Date: September 20, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.18
+Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Number of times the initiator had to wait before sending a
+ request to the target because it ran out of credits. For more
+ information see also the SRP credit algorithm in the SRP
+ specification.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a59d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/qla2xxx/.../devices/*
+Date: September 2009
+Contact: QLogic Linux Driver <linux-driver@qlogic.com>
+Description: qla2xxx-udev.sh currently looks for uevent CHANGE events to
+ signal a firmware-dump has been generated by the driver and is
+ ready for retrieval.
+Users: qla2xxx-udev.sh. Proposed changes should be mailed to
+ linux-driver@qlogic.com
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e960cd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/interface_capabilities
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/device_capabilities
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described
+ by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields
+ can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled
+ "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
+ (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" section 4.2.1.8.
+
+ The files are read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_interface_capabilities
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_device_capabilities
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described
+ by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields
+ can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled
+ "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class, Subclass
+ USB488 Specification (USBTMC-USB488) Revision 1.0" section
+ 4.2.2.
+
+ The files are read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermChar
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC
+ device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test
+ and Measurement Class Specification
+ (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
+
+ Note that the TermCharEnabled file determines if this value is
+ sent to the device or not.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermCharEnabled
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the
+ device on every transaction or not. For more details about
+ this, please see the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test and
+ Measurement Class Specification (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as
+ published by the USB-IF.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/auto_abort
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ This file determines if the transaction of the USB TMC
+ device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error.
+ For more details about this, please see the document,
+ "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
+ (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26579ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../pio
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Markus Franke <franm@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
+Description: read/write the contents of the two PIO's of the DS28E04-100
+ see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information
+Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100
+
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Markus Franke <franm@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
+Description: read/write the contents of the EEPROM memory of the DS28E04-100
+ see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information
+Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28ea00 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28ea00
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e928def
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28ea00
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../w1_seq
+Date: Apr 2015
+Contact: Matt Campbell <mattrcampbell@gmail.com>
+Description: Support for the DS28EA00 chain sequence function
+ see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm for detailed information
+Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28EA00
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5def20b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/vars
+Date: April 2004
+Contact: Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
+Description:
+ This directory exposes interfaces for interactive with
+ EFI variables. For more information on EFI variables,
+ see 'Variable Services' in the UEFI specification
+ (section 7.2 in specification version 2.3 Errata D).
+
+ In summary, EFI variables are named, and are classified
+ into separate namespaces through the use of a vendor
+ GUID. They also have an arbitrary binary value
+ associated with them.
+
+ The efivars module enumerates these variables and
+ creates a separate directory for each one found. Each
+ directory has a name of the form "<key>-<vendor guid>"
+ and contains the following files:
+
+ attributes: A read-only text file enumerating the
+ EFI variable flags. Potential values
+ include:
+
+ EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS
+ EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS
+ EFI_VARIABLE_HARDWARE_ERROR_RECORD
+ EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS
+
+ See the EFI documentation for an
+ explanation of each of these variables.
+
+ data: A read-only binary file that can be read
+ to attain the value of the EFI variable
+
+ guid: The vendor GUID of the variable. This
+ should always match the GUID in the
+ variable's name.
+
+ raw_var: A binary file that can be read to obtain
+ a structure that contains everything
+ there is to know about the variable.
+ For structure definition see "struct
+ efi_variable" in the kernel sources.
+
+ This file can also be written to in
+ order to update the value of a variable.
+ For this to work however, all fields of
+ the "struct efi_variable" passed must
+ match byte for byte with the structure
+ read out of the file, save for the value
+ portion.
+
+ **Note** the efi_variable structure
+ read/written with this file contains a
+ 'long' type that may change widths
+ depending on your underlying
+ architecture.
+
+ size: As ASCII representation of the size of
+ the variable's value.
+
+
+ In addition, two other magic binary files are provided
+ in the top-level directory and are used for adding and
+ removing variables:
+
+ new_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and
+ instructs the EFI firmware to create a
+ new variable.
+
+ del_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and
+ instructs the EFI firmware to remove any
+ variable that has a matching vendor GUID
+ and variable key name.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32fe7f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/opal/dump
+Date: Feb 2014
+Contact: Stewart Smith <stewart@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ This directory exposes interfaces for interacting with
+ the FSP and platform dumps through OPAL firmware interface.
+
+ This is only for the powerpc/powernv platform.
+
+ initiate_dump: When '1' is written to it,
+ we will initiate a dump.
+ Read this file for supported commands.
+
+ 0xXX-0xYYYY: A directory for dump of type 0xXX and
+ id 0xYYYY (in hex). The name of this
+ directory should not be relied upon to
+ be in this format, only that it's unique
+ among all dumps. For determining the type
+ and ID of the dump, use the id and type files.
+ Do not rely on any particular size of dump
+ type or dump id.
+
+ Each dump has the following files:
+ id: An ASCII representation of the dump ID
+ in hex (e.g. '0x01')
+ type: An ASCII representation of the type of
+ dump in the format "0x%x %s" with the ID
+ in hex and a description of the dump type
+ (or 'unknown').
+ Type '0xffffffff unknown' is used when
+ we could not get the type from firmware.
+ e.g. '0x02 System/Platform Dump'
+ dump: A binary file containing the dump.
+ The size of the dump is the size of this file.
+ acknowledge: When 'ack' is written to this, we will
+ acknowledge that we've retrieved the
+ dump to the service processor. It will
+ then remove it, making the dump
+ inaccessible.
+ Reading this file will get a list of
+ supported actions.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2536434
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/opal/elog
+Date: Feb 2014
+Contact: Stewart Smith <stewart@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ This directory exposes error log entries retrieved
+ through the OPAL firmware interface.
+
+ Each error log is identified by a unique ID and will
+ exist until explicitly acknowledged to firmware.
+
+ Each log entry has a directory in /sys/firmware/opal/elog.
+
+ Log entries may be purged by the service processor
+ before retrieved by firmware or retrieved/acknowledged by
+ Linux if there is no room for more log entries.
+
+ In the event that Linux has retrieved the log entries
+ but not explicitly acknowledged them to firmware and
+ the service processor needs more room for log entries,
+ the only remaining copy of a log message may be in
+ Linux.
+
+ Typically, a user space daemon will monitor for new
+ entries, read them out and acknowledge them.
+
+ The service processor may be able to store more log
+ entries than firmware can, so after you acknowledge
+ an event from Linux you may instantly get another one
+ from the queue that was generated some time in the past.
+
+ The raw log format is a binary format. We currently
+ do not parse this at all in kernel, leaving it up to
+ user space to solve the problem. In future, we may
+ do more parsing in kernel and add more files to make
+ it easier for simple user space processes to extract
+ more information.
+
+ For each log entry (directory), there are the following
+ files:
+
+ id: An ASCII representation of the ID of the
+ error log, in hex - e.g. "0x01".
+
+ type: An ASCII representation of the type id and
+ description of the type of error log.
+ Currently just "0x00 PEL" - platform error log.
+ In the future there may be additional types.
+
+ raw: A read-only binary file that can be read
+ to get the raw log entry. These are
+ <16kb, often just hundreds of bytes and
+ "average" 2kb.
+
+ acknowledge: Writing 'ack' to this file will acknowledge
+ the error log to firmware (and in turn
+ the service processor, if applicable).
+ Shortly after acknowledging it, the log
+ entry will be removed from sysfs.
+ Reading this file will list the supported
+ operations (currently just acknowledge).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6272ae5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+What: /sys/module
+Description:
+ The /sys/module tree consists of the following structure:
+
+ /sys/module/MODULENAME
+ The name of the module that is in the kernel. This
+ module name will always show up if the module is loaded as a
+ dynamic module. If it is built directly into the kernel, it
+ will only show up if it has a version or at least one
+ parameter.
+
+ Note: The conditions of creation in the built-in case are not
+ by design and may be removed in the future.
+
+ /sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters
+ This directory contains individual files that are each
+ individual parameters of the module that are able to be
+ changed at runtime. See the individual module
+ documentation as to the contents of these parameters and
+ what they accomplish.
+
+ Note: The individual parameter names and values are not
+ considered stable, only the fact that they will be
+ placed in this location within sysfs. See the
+ individual driver documentation for details as to the
+ stability of the different parameters.
+
+ /sys/module/MODULENAME/refcnt
+ If the module is able to be unloaded from the kernel, this file
+ will contain the current reference count of the module.
+
+ Note: If the module is built into the kernel, or if the
+ CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD kernel configuration value is not enabled,
+ this file will not be present.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec7af69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/delete
+Date: June 1, 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Instructs an SRP initiator to disconnect from a target and to
+ remove all LUNs imported from that target.
+
+What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/dev_loss_tmo
+Date: February 1, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a transport
+ layer error has been observed before removing a target port.
+ Zero means immediate removal. Setting this attribute to "off"
+ will disable the dev_loss timer.
+
+What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/fast_io_fail_tmo
+Date: February 1, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a transport
+ layer error has been observed before failing I/O. Zero means
+ failing I/O immediately. Setting this attribute to "off" will
+ disable the fast_io_fail timer.
+
+What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/port_id
+Date: June 27, 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.24
+Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
+Description: 16-byte local SRP port identifier in hexadecimal format. An
+ example: 4c:49:4e:55:58:20:56:49:4f:00:00:00:00:00:00:00.
+
+What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/reconnect_delay
+Date: February 1, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a reconnect
+ attempt failed before retrying. Setting this attribute to
+ "off" will disable time-based reconnecting.
+
+What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/roles
+Date: June 27, 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.24
+Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Role of the remote port. Either "SRP Initiator" or "SRP Target".
+
+What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/state
+Date: February 1, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description: State of the transport layer used for communication with the
+ remote port. "running" if the transport layer is operational;
+ "blocked" if a transport layer error has been encountered but
+ the fast_io_fail_tmo timer has not yet fired; "fail-fast"
+ after the fast_io_fail_tmo timer has fired and before the
+ "dev_loss_tmo" timer has fired; "lost" after the
+ "dev_loss_tmo" timer has fired and before the port is finally
+ removed.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification b/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9723e8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+What: A notification mechanism for thermal related events
+Description:
+ This interface enables notification for thermal related events.
+ The notification is in the form of a netlink event.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cdfc28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+On some architectures, when the kernel loads any userspace program it
+maps an ELF DSO into that program's address space. This DSO is called
+the vDSO and it often contains useful and highly-optimized alternatives
+to real syscalls.
+
+These functions are called just like ordinary C function according to
+your platform's ABI. Call them from a sensible context. (For example,
+if you set CS on x86 to something strange, the vDSO functions are
+within their rights to crash.) In addition, if you pass a bad
+pointer to a vDSO function, you might get SIGSEGV instead of -EFAULT.
+
+To find the DSO, parse the auxiliary vector passed to the program's
+entry point. The AT_SYSINFO_EHDR entry will point to the vDSO.
+
+The vDSO uses symbol versioning; whenever you request a symbol from the
+vDSO, specify the version you are expecting.
+
+Programs that dynamically link to glibc will use the vDSO automatically.
+Otherwise, you can use the reference parser in Documentation/vDSO/parse_vdso.c.
+
+Unless otherwise noted, the set of symbols with any given version and the
+ABI of those symbols is considered stable. It may vary across architectures,
+though.
+
+(As of this writing, this ABI documentation as been confirmed for x86_64.
+ The maintainers of the other vDSO-using architectures should confirm
+ that it is correct for their architecture.)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..840c324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /config/pcie-gadget
+Date: Feb 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+
+ Interface is used to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller
+ as device and then program its various registers to configure it
+ as a particular device type.
+ This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability.
+
+ Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs
+ in /config directory use:
+ # mount -t configfs none /config/
+
+ For nth PCIe Device Controller
+ /config/pcie-gadget.n/
+ link ... used to enable ltssm and read its status.
+ int_type ...used to configure and read type of supported
+ interrupt
+ no_of_msi ... used to configure number of MSI vector needed and
+ to read no of MSI granted.
+ inta ... write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert.
+ send_msi ... write MSI vector to be sent.
+ vendor_id ... used to write and read vendor id (hex)
+ device_id ... used to write and read device id (hex)
+ bar0_size ... used to write and read bar0_size
+ bar0_address ... used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex.
+ bar0_rw_offset ... used to write and read offset of bar0 where
+ bar0_data will be written or read.
+ bar0_data ... used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..421ce68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+What: /config/stp-policy
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Description:
+ This group contains policies mandating Master/Channel allocation
+ for software sources wishing to send trace data over an STM
+ device.
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Description:
+ This group is the root of a policy; its name is a concatenation
+ of an stm device name to which this policy applies and an
+ arbitrary string. If <device> part doesn't match an existing
+ stm device, mkdir will fail with ENODEV; if that device already
+ has a policy assigned to it, mkdir will fail with EBUSY.
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/device
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Description:
+ STM device to which this policy applies, read only. Same as the
+ <device> component of its parent directory.
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node>
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Description:
+ Policy node is a string identifier that software clients will
+ use to request a master/channel to be allocated and assigned to
+ them.
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node>/masters
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Description:
+ Range of masters from which to allocate for users of this node.
+ Write two numbers: the first master and the last master number.
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node>/channels
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Description:
+ Range of channels from which to allocate for users of this node.
+ Write two numbers: the first channel and the last channel
+ number.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95a3658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ This group contains sub-groups corresponding to created
+ USB gadgets.
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+
+ The attributes of a gadget:
+
+ UDC - bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget;
+ write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/*
+ to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind.
+
+ bDeviceClass - USB device class code
+ bDeviceSubClass - USB device subclass code
+ bDeviceProtocol - USB device protocol code
+ bMaxPacketSize0 - maximum endpoint 0 packet size
+ bcdDevice - bcd device release number
+ bcdUSB - bcd USB specification version number
+ idProduct - product ID
+ idVendor - vendor ID
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ This group contains a USB gadget's configurations
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes of a configuration:
+
+ bmAttributes - configuration characteristics
+ MaxPower - maximum power consumption from the bus
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ This group contains subdirectories for language-specific
+ strings for this configuration.
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings/language
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ configuration - configuration description
+
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ This group contains functions available to this USB gadget.
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Description:
+ This group contains "Feature Descriptors" specific for one
+ gadget's USB interface or one interface group described
+ by an IAD.
+
+ The attributes:
+
+ compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Compatible ID"
+ sub_compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID"
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>/<property>
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Description:
+ This group contains "Extended Property Descriptors" specific for one
+ gadget's USB interface or one interface group described
+ by an IAD.
+
+ The attributes:
+
+ type - value 1..7 for interpreting the data
+ 1: unicode string
+ 2: unicode string with environment variable
+ 3: binary
+ 4: little-endian 32-bit
+ 5: big-endian 32-bit
+ 6: unicode string with a symbolic link
+ 7: multiple unicode strings
+ data - blob of data to be interpreted depending on
+ type
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ This group contains subdirectories for language-specific
+ strings for this gadget.
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings/language
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ serialnumber - gadget's serial number (string)
+ product - gadget's product description
+ manufacturer - gadget's manufacturer description
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/os_desc
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Description:
+ This group contains "OS String" extension handling attributes.
+
+ use - flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off
+ b_vendor_code - one-byte value used for custom per-device and
+ per-interface requests
+ qw_sign - an identifier to be reported as "OS String"
+ proper
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d21092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/acm.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+
+ This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num.
+ It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device
+ associated with acm function's instance "name".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0addf77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ecm.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ this function instance
+ qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ super speed
+ host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4c5715
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/eem.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ this function instance
+ qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ super speed
+ host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e39b276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ffs.name
+Date: Nov 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description: The purpose of this directory is to create and remove it.
+
+ A corresponding USB function instance is created/removed.
+ There are no attributes here.
+
+ All parameters are set through FunctionFS.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f12e00e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/hid.name
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ protocol - HID protocol to use
+ report_desc - blob corresponding to HID report descriptors
+ except the data passed through /dev/hidg<N>
+ report_length - HID report length
+ subclass - HID device subclass to use
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06beefb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/Loopback.name
+Date: Nov 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ qlen - depth of loopback queue
+ buflen - buffer length
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9931fb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name
+Date: Oct 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ stall - Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints.
+ Disabled on some USB devices known not to work
+ correctly. You should set it to true.
+ num_buffers - Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers
+ are 2..4. Available only if
+ CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DEBUG_FILES is set.
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name
+Date: Oct 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ file - The path to the backing file for the LUN.
+ Required if LUN is not marked as removable.
+ ro - Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be
+ read-only. This is implied if CD-ROM emulation
+ is enabled as well as when it was impossible
+ to open "filename" in R/W mode.
+ removable - Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as
+ being removable.
+ cdrom - Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as
+ being a CD-ROM.
+ nofua - Flag specifying that FUA flag
+ in SCSI WRITE(10,12)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b341df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/midi.name
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ index - index value for the USB MIDI adapter
+ id - ID string for the USB MIDI adapter
+ buflen - MIDI buffer length
+ qlen - USB read request queue length
+ in_ports - number of MIDI input ports
+ out_ports - number of MIDI output ports
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fe723e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ncm.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ this function instance
+ qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ super speed
+ host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6a9327
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/obex.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+
+ This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num.
+ It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device
+ associated with obex function's instance "name".
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7037a35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/phonet.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+
+ This item contains just one readonly attribute: ifname.
+ It contains the network interface name assigned during
+ network device registration.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b0714e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/printer.name
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ pnp_string - Data to be passed to the host in pnp string
+ q_len - Number of requests per endpoint
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e32879b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/rndis.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ this function instance
+ qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ super speed
+ host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..474d249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/gser.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+
+ This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num.
+ It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device
+ associated with gser function's instance "name".
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc7ff73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/SourceSink.name
+Date: Nov 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ pattern - 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none)
+ isoc_interval - 1..16
+ isoc_maxpacket - 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss)
+ isoc_mult - 0..2 (hs/ss only)
+ isoc_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only)
+ buflen - buffer length
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9373e2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/geth.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ this function instance
+ qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ super speed
+ host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ba9a12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac1.name
+Date: Sep 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.18
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ audio_buf_size - audio buffer size
+ fn_cap - capture pcm device file name
+ fn_cntl - control device file name
+ fn_play - playback pcm device file name
+ req_buf_size - ISO OUT endpoint request buffer size
+ req_count - ISO OUT endpoint request count
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bfdd4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac2.name
+Date: Sep 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.18
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ c_chmask - capture channel mask
+ c_srate - capture sampling rate
+ c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes)
+ p_chmask - playback channel mask
+ p_srate - playback sampling rate
+ p_ssize - playback sample size (bytes)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f4a005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: UVC function directory
+
+ streaming_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only)
+ streaming_maxpacket - 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss)
+ streaming_interval - 1..16
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Control descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/ss
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Super speed control class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/fs
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Full speed control class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Terminal descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Output terminal descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output/default
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Default output terminal descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only:
+ iTerminal - index of string descriptor
+ bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this terminal
+ is connected
+ bAssocTerminal - id of the input terminal to which this output
+ terminal is associated
+ wTerminalType - terminal type
+ bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Camera terminal descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera/default
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Default camera terminal descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only:
+ bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are
+ supported for the video stream
+ wOcularFocalLength - the value of Locular
+ wObjectiveFocalLengthMax- the value of Lmin
+ wObjectiveFocalLengthMin- the value of Lmax
+ iTerminal - index of string descriptor
+ bAssocTerminal - id of the output terminal to which
+ this terminal is connected
+ wTerminalType - terminal type
+ bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Processing unit descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing/default
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Default processing unit descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only:
+ iProcessing - index of string descriptor
+ bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are
+ supported for the video stream
+ wMaxMultiplier - maximum digital magnification x100
+ bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this unit is
+ connected
+ bUnitID - a non-zero id of this unit
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Control header descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header/name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Specific control header descriptors
+
+dwClockFrequency
+bcdUVC
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Streaming descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Streaming class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/ss
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Super speed streaming class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/hs
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: High speed streaming class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/fs
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Full speed streaming class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Color matching descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching/default
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Default color matching descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only:
+ bMatrixCoefficients - matrix used to compute luma and
+ chroma values from the color primaries
+ bTransferCharacteristics- optoelectronic transfer
+ characteristic of the source picutre,
+ also called the gamma function
+ bColorPrimaries - color primaries and the reference
+ white
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: MJPEG format descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Specific MJPEG format descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only,
+ except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex:
+ bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in
+ the streaming header
+ bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information,
+ read-only
+ bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect
+ ratio, read-only
+ bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect
+ ratio, read-only
+ bmFlags - characteristics of this format,
+ read-only
+ bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name/name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Specific MJPEG frame descriptors
+
+ dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be
+ programmed; a number of values
+ separated by newline can be specified
+ dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would
+ like to use as default
+ dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the
+ compressor will produce for a video
+ frame or still image
+ dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest
+ frame interval in bps
+ dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest
+ frame interval in bps
+ wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px
+ wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px
+ bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate
+ support
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Uncompressed format descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Specific uncompressed format descriptors
+
+ bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in
+ the streaming header
+ bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information,
+ read-only
+ bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect
+ ratio, read-only
+ bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect
+ ratio, read-only
+ bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream
+ bBitsPerPixel - number of bits per pixel used to
+ specify color in the decoded video
+ frame
+ guidFormat - globally unique id used to identify
+ stream-encoding format
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name/name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Specific uncompressed frame descriptors
+
+ dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be
+ programmed; a number of values
+ separated by newline can be specified
+ dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would
+ like to use as default
+ dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the
+ compressor will produce for a video
+ frame or still image
+ dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest
+ frame interval in bps
+ dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest
+ frame interval in bps
+ wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px
+ wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px
+ bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate
+ support
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Streaming header descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header/name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Description: Specific streaming header descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only:
+ bTriggerUsage - how the host software will respond to
+ a hardware trigger interrupt event
+ bTriggerSupport - flag specifying if hardware
+ triggering is supported
+ bStillCaptureMethod - method of still image caputre
+ supported
+ bTerminalLink - id of the output terminal to which
+ the video endpoint of this interface
+ is connected
+ bmInfo - capabilities of this video streaming
+ interface
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c2f256
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/ddcb_info
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: DDCB queue dump used for debugging queueing problems.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_regs
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Dump of the current error registers.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid0
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID0 (unit id 0).
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid1
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID1.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid2
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID2.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_regs
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Dump of the error registers before the last reset of
+ the card occured.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid0
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID0 before card was reset.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid1
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID1 before card was reset.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid2
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID2 before card was reset.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/info
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Comprehensive summary of bitstream version and software
+ version. Used bitstream and bitstream clocking information.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/err_inject
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Possibility to inject error cases to ensure that the drivers
+ error handling code works well.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/vf<0..14>_jobtimeout_msec
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Default VF timeout 250ms. Testing might require 1000ms.
+ Using 0 will use the cards default value (whatever that is).
+
+ The timeout depends on the max number of available cards
+ in the system and the maximum allowed queue size.
+
+ The driver ensures that the settings are done just before
+ the VFs get enabled. Changing the timeouts in flight is not
+ possible.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/jobtimer
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Dump job timeout register values for PF and VFs.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time
+Date: Dec 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Dump queue working time register values for PF and VFs.
+ Only available for PF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6546115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/{gpe,use_global_lock,io}
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de>
+Description:
+
+General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether
+the global lock should get used.
+Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to
+the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe):
+/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY
+
+The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here:
+ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/
+should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers
+or writing to them.
+
+CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
+what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
+This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
+not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7079c0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/cfg
+Date: Sep 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>
+Description:
+
+cfg shows the return value of _CFG method in VPC2004 device. It tells machine
+capability and what graphic component within the machine.
+
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/status
+Date: Sep 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>
+Description:
+
+status shows infos we can read and tells its meaning and value.
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd76cc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/olpc-ec/cmd
+Date: Dec 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: devel@lists.laptop.org
+Description:
+
+A generic interface for executing OLPC Embedded Controller commands and
+reading their responses.
+
+To execute a command, write data with the format: CC:N A A A A
+CC is the (hex) command, N is the count of expected reply bytes, and A A A A
+are optional (hex) arguments.
+
+To read the response (if any), read from the generic node after executing
+a command. Hex reply bytes will be returned, *whether or not* they came from
+the immediately previous command.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..685d5a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/nx-crypto/*
+Date: March 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description:
+
+ These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in
+arch/powerpc/crypto/nx.
+
+Error Detection
+===============
+
+errors:
+- A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The
+only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP.
+
+last_error:
+- The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not
+recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away).
+
+last_error_pid:
+- The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the
+hcall.
+
+Device Use
+==========
+
+aes_bytes:
+- The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's
+supported modes.
+
+aes_ops:
+- The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware.
+
+sha256_bytes:
+- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256.
+
+sha256_ops:
+- The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware.
+
+sha512_bytes:
+- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512.
+
+sha512_ops:
+- The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf11736
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]
+Date: Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+
+debugfs interface
+-----------------
+
+The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
+these files in debugfs:
+
+/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
+ info (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos.
+
+Example:
+-------
+
+cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fff817e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+What: /dev/kmsg
+Date: Mai 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
+Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access
+ to the kernel's printk buffer.
+
+ Injecting messages:
+ Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in
+ the kernel's printk buffer.
+
+ The logged line can be prefixed with a <N> syslog prefix, which
+ carries the syslog priority and facility. The single decimal
+ prefix number is composed of the 3 lowest bits being the syslog
+ priority and the higher bits the syslog facility number.
+
+ If no prefix is given, the priority number is the default kernel
+ log priority and the facility number is set to LOG_USER (1). It
+ is not possible to inject messages from userspace with the
+ facility number LOG_KERN (0), to make sure that the origin of
+ the messages can always be reliably determined.
+
+ Accessing the buffer:
+ Every read() from the opened device node receives one record
+ of the kernel's printk buffer.
+
+ The first read() directly following an open() always returns
+ first message in the buffer; there is no kernel-internal
+ persistent state; many readers can concurrently open the device
+ and read from it, without affecting other readers.
+
+ Every read() will receive the next available record. If no more
+ records are available read() will block, or if O_NONBLOCK is
+ used -EAGAIN returned.
+
+ Messages in the record ring buffer get overwritten as whole,
+ there are never partial messages received by read().
+
+ In case messages get overwritten in the circular buffer while
+ the device is kept open, the next read() will return -EPIPE,
+ and the seek position be updated to the next available record.
+ Subsequent reads() will return available records again.
+
+ Unlike the classic syslog() interface, the 64 bit record
+ sequence numbers allow to calculate the amount of lost
+ messages, in case the buffer gets overwritten. And they allow
+ to reconnect to the buffer and reconstruct the read position
+ if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader.
+
+ The device supports seek with the following parameters:
+ SEEK_SET, 0
+ seek to the first entry in the buffer
+ SEEK_END, 0
+ seek after the last entry in the buffer
+ SEEK_DATA, 0
+ seek after the last record available at the time
+ the last SYSLOG_ACTION_CLEAR was issued.
+
+ The output format consists of a prefix carrying the syslog
+ prefix including priority and facility, the 64 bit message
+ sequence number and the monotonic timestamp in microseconds,
+ and a flag field. All fields are separated by a ','.
+
+ Future extensions might add more comma separated values before
+ the terminating ';'. Unknown fields and values should be
+ gracefully ignored.
+
+ The human readable text string starts directly after the ';'
+ and is terminated by a '\n'. Untrusted values derived from
+ hardware or other facilities are printed, therefore
+ all non-printable characters and '\' itself in the log message
+ are escaped by "\x00" C-style hex encoding.
+
+ A line starting with ' ', is a continuation line, adding
+ key/value pairs to the log message, which provide the machine
+ readable context of the message, for reliable processing in
+ userspace.
+
+ Example:
+ 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored)
+ SUBSYSTEM=acpi
+ DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00
+ 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10
+ 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181
+
+ The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way:
+ b12:8 - block dev_t
+ c127:3 - char dev_t
+ n8 - netdev ifindex
+ +sound:card0 - subsystem:devname
+
+ The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a
+ fragment of a line. All following fragments are flagged with
+ '+'. Note, that these hints about continuation lines are not
+ necessarily correct, and the stream could be interleaved with
+ unrelated messages, but merging the lines in the output
+ usually produces better human readable results. A similar
+ logic is used internally when messages are printed to the
+ console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall.
+
+ By default, kernel tries to avoid fragments by concatenating
+ when it can and fragments are rare; however, when extended
+ console support is enabled, the in-kernel concatenation is
+ disabled and /dev/kmsg output will contain more fragments. If
+ the log consumer performs concatenation, the end result
+ should be the same. In the future, the in-kernel concatenation
+ may be removed entirely and /dev/kmsg users are recommended to
+ implement fragment handling.
+
+Users: dmesg(1), userspace kernel log consumers
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8374d45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: security/evm
+Date: March 2011
+Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ EVM protects a file's security extended attributes(xattrs)
+ against integrity attacks. The initial method maintains an
+ HMAC-sha1 value across the extended attributes, storing the
+ value as the extended attribute 'security.evm'.
+
+ EVM depends on the Kernel Key Retention System to provide it
+ with a trusted/encrypted key for the HMAC-sha1 operation.
+ The key is loaded onto the root's keyring using keyctl. Until
+ EVM receives notification that the key has been successfully
+ loaded onto the keyring (echo 1 > <securityfs>/evm), EVM
+ can not create or validate the 'security.evm' xattr, but
+ returns INTEGRITY_UNKNOWN. Loading the key and signaling EVM
+ should be done as early as possible. Normally this is done
+ in the initramfs, which has already been measured as part
+ of the trusted boot. For more information on creating and
+ loading existing trusted/encrypted keys, refer to:
+ Documentation/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt. (A sample dracut
+ patch, which loads the trusted/encrypted key and enables
+ EVM, is available from http://linux-ima.sourceforge.net/#EVM.)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a378a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+What: security/ima/policy
+Date: May 2008
+Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The Trusted Computing Group(TCG) runtime Integrity
+ Measurement Architecture(IMA) maintains a list of hash
+ values of executables and other sensitive system files
+ loaded into the run-time of this system. At runtime,
+ the policy can be constrained based on LSM specific data.
+ Policies are loaded into the securityfs file ima/policy
+ by opening the file, writing the rules one at a time and
+ then closing the file. The new policy takes effect after
+ the file ima/policy is closed.
+
+ IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements
+ for local measurement appraisal.
+
+ rule format: action [condition ...]
+
+ action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | audit
+ condition:= base | lsm [option]
+ base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=]
+ [euid=] [fowner=]]
+ lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
+ [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
+ option: [[appraise_type=]] [permit_directio]
+
+ base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
+ [FIRMWARE_CHECK]
+ mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND]
+ [[^]MAY_EXEC]
+ fsmagic:= hex value
+ fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6)
+ uid:= decimal value
+ euid:= decimal value
+ fowner:=decimal value
+ lsm: are LSM specific
+ option: appraise_type:= [imasig]
+
+ default policy:
+ # PROC_SUPER_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0
+ # SYSFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x62656572
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x62656572
+ # DEBUGFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x64626720
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x64626720
+ # TMPFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x01021994
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x01021994
+ # RAMFS_MAGIC
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x858458f6
+ # DEVPTS_SUPER_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x1cd1
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x1cd1
+ # BINFMTFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x42494e4d
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x42494e4d
+ # SECURITYFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x73636673
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x73636673
+ # SELINUX_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0xf97cff8c
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0xf97cff8c
+ # CGROUP_SUPER_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x27e0eb
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x27e0eb
+ # NSFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x6e736673
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x6e736673
+
+ measure func=BPRM_CHECK
+ measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC
+ measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0
+ measure func=MODULE_CHECK
+ measure func=FIRMWARE_CHECK
+ appraise fowner=0
+
+ The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check,
+ all files mmapped executable in file_mmap, and all files
+ open for read by root in do_filp_open. The default appraisal
+ policy appraises all files owned by root.
+
+ Examples of LSM specific definitions:
+
+ SELinux:
+ dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t
+ dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t
+ dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t
+ dont_appraise obj_type=auditd_log_t
+ measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
+ measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
+
+ Smack:
+ measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f91a973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: /proc/diskstats
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The /proc/diskstats file displays the I/O statistics
+ of block devices. Each line contains the following 14
+ fields:
+ 1 - major number
+ 2 - minor mumber
+ 3 - device name
+ 4 - reads completed successfully
+ 5 - reads merged
+ 6 - sectors read
+ 7 - time spent reading (ms)
+ 8 - writes completed
+ 9 - writes merged
+ 10 - sectors written
+ 11 - time spent writing (ms)
+ 12 - I/Os currently in progress
+ 13 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 14 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ For more details refer to Documentation/iostats.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fca9f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+Where: /sys/fs/pstore/... (or /dev/pstore/...)
+Date: March 2011
+Kernel Version: 2.6.39
+Contact: tony.luck@intel.com
+Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
+
+ Platforms that provide a mechanism to preserve some data
+ across system reboots can register with this driver to
+ provide a generic interface to show records captured in
+ the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part
+ of the console log is captured, but other interesting
+ data can also be saved.
+
+ # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
+
+ $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
+ total 0
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
+
+ Different users of this interface will result in different
+ filename prefixes. Currently two are defined:
+
+ "dmesg" - saved console log
+ "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error
+
+ Once the information in a file has been read, removing
+ the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage
+ device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use.
+
+ $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
+
+ The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/
+ will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store
+ soon after boot to free up space ready for the next
+ catastrophe.
+
+ The 'kmsg_bytes' mount option changes the target amount of
+ data saved on each oops/panic. Pstore saves (possibly
+ multiple) files based on the record size of the underlying
+ persistent storage until at least this amount is reached.
+ Default is 10 Kbytes.
+
+ Pstore only supports one backend at a time. If multiple
+ backends are available, the preferred backend may be
+ set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at
+ boot time.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa42964
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+What: /sys/class/ata_...
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Gwendal Grignou<gwendal@google.com>
+Description:
+
+Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the system. This allows
+retrieving various information about ATA objects.
+
+Files under /sys/class/ata_port
+-------------------------------
+
+ For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of
+ the port. The device parent is the ata host device.
+
+idle_irq (read)
+
+ Number of IRQ received by the port while idle [some ata HBA only].
+
+nr_pmp_links (read)
+
+ If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is connected, number of link behind it.
+
+Files under /sys/class/ata_link
+-------------------------------
+
+ Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the
+ topology, 15 ata_link objects are created.
+
+ If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is
+ ata_port_id of the port.
+ If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is ata_port_id
+ of the parent port and Y the PM port.
+
+hw_sata_spd_limit
+
+ Maximum speed supported by the connected SATA device.
+
+sata_spd_limit
+
+ Maximum speed imposed by libata.
+
+sata_spd
+
+ Current speed of the link [1.5, 3Gps,...].
+
+Files under /sys/class/ata_device
+---------------------------------
+
+ Behind each link, up to two ata device are created.
+ The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where:
+ - X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected,
+ - Y the port of the PM if any, and
+ - Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1],
+ only 1 for SATA.
+
+class
+ Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, "atapi" for packet device,
+ "pmp" for PM, or "none" if no device was found behind the link.
+
+dma_mode
+
+ Transfer modes supported by the device when in DMA mode.
+ Mostly used by PATA device.
+
+pio_mode
+
+ Transfer modes supported by the device when in PIO mode.
+ Mostly used by PATA device.
+
+xfer_mode
+
+ Current transfer mode.
+
+id
+
+ Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17.
+ Only valid if the device is not a PM.
+
+gscr
+
+ Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR register.
+ Valid registers are:
+ 0: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID,
+ 1: SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV,
+ 2: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO,
+ 32: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR,
+ 33: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN,
+ 64: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT,
+ 96: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN,
+ 130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO
+ Only valid if the device is a PM.
+
+trim
+
+ Shows the DSM TRIM mode currently used by the device. Valid
+ values are:
+ unsupported: Drive does not support DSM TRIM
+ unqueued: Drive supports unqueued DSM TRIM only
+ queued: Drive supports queued DSM TRIM
+ forced_unqueued: Drive's queued DSM support is known to be
+ buggy and only unqueued TRIM commands
+ are sent
+
+spdn_cnt
+
+ Number of time libata decided to lower the speed of link due to errors.
+
+ering
+
+ Formatted output of the error ring of the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71d184d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/stat
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O
+ statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields:
+ 1 - reads completed successfully
+ 2 - reads merged
+ 3 - sectors read
+ 4 - time spent reading (ms)
+ 5 - writes completed
+ 6 - writes merged
+ 7 - sectors written
+ 8 - time spent writing (ms)
+ 9 - I/Os currently in progress
+ 10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ For more details refer Documentation/iostats.txt
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat files display the
+ I/O statistics of partition <part>. The format is the
+ same as the above-written /sys/block/<disk>/stat
+ format.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/format
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Metadata format for integrity capable block device.
+ E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-CRC.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/read_verify
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the block layer should verify the
+ integrity of read requests serviced by devices that
+ support sending integrity metadata.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/tag_size
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Number of bytes of integrity tag space available per
+ 512 bytes of data.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/device_is_integrity_capable
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether a storage device is capable of storing
+ integrity metadata. Set if the device is T10 PI-capable.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/protection_interval_bytes
+Date: July 2015
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Describes the number of data bytes which are protected
+ by one integrity tuple. Typically the device's logical
+ block size.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/write_generate
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the block layer should automatically
+ generate checksums for write requests bound for
+ devices that support receiving integrity metadata.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/alignment_offset
+Date: April 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Storage devices may report a physical block size that is
+ bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive
+ with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical
+ blocks to the operating system). This parameter
+ indicates how many bytes the beginning of the device is
+ offset from the disk's natural alignment.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/alignment_offset
+Date: April 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Storage devices may report a physical block size that is
+ bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive
+ with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical
+ blocks to the operating system). This parameter
+ indicates how many bytes the beginning of the partition
+ is offset from the disk's natural alignment.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/logical_block_size
+Date: May 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ This is the smallest unit the storage device can
+ address. It is typically 512 bytes.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/physical_block_size
+Date: May 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ This is the smallest unit a physical storage device can
+ write atomically. It is usually the same as the logical
+ block size but may be bigger. One example is SATA
+ drives with 4KB sectors that expose a 512-byte logical
+ block size to the operating system. For stacked block
+ devices the physical_block_size variable contains the
+ maximum physical_block_size of the component devices.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/minimum_io_size
+Date: April 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Storage devices may report a granularity or preferred
+ minimum I/O size which is the smallest request the
+ device can perform without incurring a performance
+ penalty. For disk drives this is often the physical
+ block size. For RAID arrays it is often the stripe
+ chunk size. A properly aligned multiple of
+ minimum_io_size is the preferred request size for
+ workloads where a high number of I/O operations is
+ desired.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/optimal_io_size
+Date: April 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Storage devices may report an optimal I/O size, which is
+ the device's preferred unit for sustained I/O. This is
+ rarely reported for disk drives. For RAID arrays it is
+ usually the stripe width or the internal track size. A
+ properly aligned multiple of optimal_io_size is the
+ preferred request size for workloads where sustained
+ throughput is desired. If no optimal I/O size is
+ reported this file contains 0.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nomerges
+Date: January 2010
+Contact:
+Description:
+ Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to
+ merge contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these
+ attempts will always fail and result in extra cycles
+ being spent in the kernel. This allows one to turn off
+ this behavior on one of two ways: When set to 1, complex
+ merge checks are disabled, but the simple one-shot merges
+ with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2,
+ all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 -
+ which enables all types of merge tries.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/discard_alignment
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that support discard functionality may
+ internally allocate space in units that are bigger than
+ the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment
+ parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the
+ device is offset from the internal allocation unit's
+ natural alignment.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/discard_alignment
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that support discard functionality may
+ internally allocate space in units that are bigger than
+ the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment
+ parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the
+ partition is offset from the internal allocation unit's
+ natural alignment.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_granularity
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that support discard functionality may
+ internally allocate space using units that are bigger
+ than the logical block size. The discard_granularity
+ parameter indicates the size of the internal allocation
+ unit in bytes if reported by the device. Otherwise the
+ discard_granularity will be set to match the device's
+ physical block size. A discard_granularity of 0 means
+ that the device does not support discard functionality.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_max_bytes
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that support discard functionality may have
+ internal limits on the number of bytes that can be
+ trimmed or unmapped in a single operation. Some storage
+ protocols also have inherent limits on the number of
+ blocks that can be described in a single command. The
+ discard_max_bytes parameter is set by the device driver
+ to the maximum number of bytes that can be discarded in
+ a single operation. Discard requests issued to the
+ device must not exceed this limit. A discard_max_bytes
+ value of 0 means that the device does not support
+ discard functionality.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_zeroes_data
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that support discard functionality may return
+ stale or random data when a previously discarded block
+ is read back. This can cause problems if the filesystem
+ expects discarded blocks to be explicitly cleared. If a
+ device reports that it deterministically returns zeroes
+ when a discarded area is read the discard_zeroes_data
+ parameter will be set to one. Otherwise it will be 0 and
+ the result of reading a discarded area is undefined.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_same_max_bytes
+Date: January 2012
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Some devices support a write same operation in which a
+ single data block can be written to a range of several
+ contiguous blocks on storage. This can be used to wipe
+ areas on disk or to initialize drives in a RAID
+ configuration. write_same_max_bytes indicates how many
+ bytes can be written in a single write same command. If
+ write_same_max_bytes is 0, write same is not supported
+ by the device.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e4bbc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/unregister
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ A write to this file causes the backing device or cache to be
+ unregistered. If a backing device had dirty data in the cache,
+ writeback mode is automatically disabled and all dirty data is
+ flushed before the device is unregistered. Caches unregister
+ all associated backing devices before unregistering themselves.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/clear_stats
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Writing to this file resets all the statistics for the device.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a backing device that has cache, a symlink to
+ the bcache/ dir of that cache.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hits
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: integer number of full cache hits,
+ counted per bio. A partial cache hit counts as a miss.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_misses
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: integer number of cache misses.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hit_ratio
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: cache hits as a percentage.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/sequential_cutoff
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: Threshold past which sequential IO will
+ skip the cache. Read and written as bytes in human readable
+ units (i.e. echo 10M > sequntial_cutoff).
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bypassed
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Sum of all reads and writes that have bypassed the cache (due
+ to the sequential cutoff). Expressed as bytes in human
+ readable units.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: When on, writeback caching is enabled and
+ writes will be buffered in the cache. When off, caching is in
+ writethrough mode; reads and writes will be added to the
+ cache but no write buffering will take place.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_running
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: when off, dirty data will not be written
+ from the cache to the backing device. The cache will still be
+ used to buffer writes until it is mostly full, at which point
+ writes transparently revert to writethrough mode. Intended only
+ for benchmarking/testing.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_delay
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: In writeback mode, when dirty data is
+ written to the cache and the cache held no dirty data for that
+ backing device, writeback from cache to backing device starts
+ after this delay, expressed as an integer number of seconds.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_percent
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: If nonzero, writeback from cache to
+ backing device only takes place when more than this percentage
+ of the cache is used, allowing more write coalescing to take
+ place and reducing total number of writes sent to the backing
+ device. Integer between 0 and 40.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/synchronous
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, a boolean that allows synchronous mode to be
+ switched on and off. In synchronous mode all writes are ordered
+ such that the cache can reliably recover from unclean shutdown;
+ if disabled bcache will not generally wait for writes to
+ complete but if the cache is not shut down cleanly all data
+ will be discarded from the cache. Should not be turned off with
+ writeback caching enabled.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/discard
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, a boolean allowing discard/TRIM to be turned off
+ or back on if the device supports it.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bucket_size
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, bucket size in human readable units, as set at
+ cache creation time; should match the erase block size of the
+ SSD for optimal performance.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/nbuckets
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, the number of usable buckets.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/tree_depth
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, height of the btree excluding leaf nodes (i.e. a
+ one node tree will have a depth of 0).
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_cache_size
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Number of btree buckets/nodes that are currently cached in
+ memory; cache dynamically grows and shrinks in response to
+ memory pressure from the rest of the system.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/written
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, total amount of data in human readable units
+ written to the cache, excluding all metadata.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_written
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, sum of all btree writes in human readable units.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9f2339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/name
+Date: January 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description: Device-mapper device name.
+ Read-only string containing mapped device name.
+Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
+
+What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/uuid
+Date: January 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description: Device-mapper device UUID.
+ Read-only string containing DM-UUID or empty string
+ if DM-UUID is not set.
+Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
+
+What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/suspended
+Date: June 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description: Device-mapper device suspend state.
+ Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended.
+ Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute.
+Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
+
+What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/rq_based_seq_io_merge_deadline
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description: Allow control over how long a request that is a
+ reasonable merge candidate can be queued on the request
+ queue. The resolution of this deadline is in
+ microseconds (ranging from 1 to 100000 usecs).
+ Setting this attribute to 0 (the default) will disable
+ request-based DM's merge heuristic and associated extra
+ accounting. This attribute is not applicable to
+ bio-based DM devices so it will only ever report 0 for
+ them.
+
+What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/use_blk_mq
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description: Request-based Device-mapper blk-mq I/O path mode.
+ Contains the value 1 if the device is using blk-mq.
+ Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..beef30c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+What: /sys/block/rssd*/status
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: Asai Thambi S P <asamymuthupa@micron.com>
+Description: This is a read-only file. Indicates the status of the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e69e83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/disksize
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The disksize file is read-write and specifies the disk size
+ which represents the limit on the *uncompressed* worth of data
+ that can be stored in this disk.
+ Unit: bytes
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/initstate
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The initstate file is read-only and shows the initialization
+ state of the device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/reset
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The reset file is write-only and allows resetting the
+ device. The reset operation frees all the memory associated
+ with this device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_reads
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The num_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ reads (failed or successful) done on this device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_writes
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The num_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ writes (failed or successful) done on this device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/invalid_io
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/failed_reads
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The failed_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ failed reads happened on this device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/failed_writes
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The failed_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ failed writes happened on this device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/max_comp_streams
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The max_comp_streams file is read-write and specifies the
+ number of backend's zcomp_strm compression streams (number of
+ concurrent compress operations).
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/comp_algorithm
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The comp_algorithm file is read-write and lets to show
+ available and selected compression algorithms, change
+ compression algorithm selection.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/notify_free
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The notify_free file is read-only. Depending on device usage
+ scenario it may account a) the number of pages freed because
+ of swap slot free notifications or b) the number of pages freed
+ because of REQ_DISCARD requests sent by bio. The former ones
+ are sent to a swap block device when a swap slot is freed, which
+ implies that this disk is being used as a swap disk. The latter
+ ones are sent by filesystem mounted with discard option,
+ whenever some data blocks are getting discarded.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/zero_pages
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The zero_pages file is read-only and specifies number of zero
+ filled pages written to this disk. No memory is allocated for
+ such pages.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/orig_data_size
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The orig_data_size file is read-only and specifies uncompressed
+ size of data stored in this disk. This excludes zero-filled
+ pages (zero_pages) since no memory is allocated for them.
+ Unit: bytes
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compr_data_size
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The compr_data_size file is read-only and specifies compressed
+ size of data stored in this disk. So, compression ratio can be
+ calculated using orig_data_size and this statistic.
+ Unit: bytes
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_total
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The mem_used_total file is read-only and specifies the amount
+ of memory, including allocator fragmentation and metadata
+ overhead, allocated for this disk. So, allocator space
+ efficiency can be calculated using compr_data_size and this
+ statistic.
+ Unit: bytes
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_max
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The mem_used_max file is read/write and specifies the amount
+ of maximum memory zram have consumed to store compressed data.
+ For resetting the value, you should write "0". Otherwise,
+ you could see -EINVAL.
+ Unit: bytes
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_limit
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The mem_limit file is read/write and specifies the maximum
+ amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data. The
+ limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable the
+ limit. No limit is the initial state. Unit: bytes
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compact
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The compact file is write-only and trigger compaction for
+ allocator zrm uses. The allocator moves some objects so that
+ it could free fragment space.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/io_stat
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The io_stat file is read-only and accumulates device's I/O
+ statistics not accounted by block layer. For example,
+ failed_reads, failed_writes, etc. File format is similar to
+ block layer statistics file format.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mm_stat
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The mm_stat file is read-only and represents device's mm
+ statistics (orig_data_size, compr_data_size, etc.) in a format
+ similar to block layer statistics file format.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fa9cbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../path
+Date: December 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ This attribute indicates the full path of ACPI namespace
+ object associated with the device object. For example,
+ \_SB_.PCI0.
+ This file is not present for device objects representing
+ fixed ACPI hardware features (like power and sleep
+ buttons).
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../modalias
+Date: July 2007
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ This attribute indicates the PNP IDs of the device object.
+ That is acpi:HHHHHHHH:[CCCCCCC:]. Where each HHHHHHHH or
+ CCCCCCCC contains device object's PNPID (_HID or _CID).
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hid
+Date: April 2005
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ This attribute indicates the hardware ID (_HID) of the
+ device object. For example, PNP0103.
+ This file is present for device objects having the _HID
+ control method.
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../description
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ This attribute contains the output of the device object's
+ _STR control method, if present.
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../adr
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ This attribute contains the output of the device object's
+ _ADR control method, which is present for ACPI device
+ objects representing devices having standard enumeration
+ algorithms, such as PCI.
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../uid
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ This attribute contains the output of the device object's
+ _UID control method, if present.
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../eject
+Date: December 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ Writing 1 to this attribute will trigger hot removal of
+ this device object. This file exists for every device
+ object that has _EJ0 method.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7b5467
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/bus/amba/devices/.../driver_override
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: Antonios Motakis <a.motakis@virtualopensystems.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which
+ will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching.
+ When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value
+ written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to
+ the device. The override is specified by writing a string to the
+ driver_override file (echo vfio-amba > driver_override) and may
+ be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override).
+ This returns the device to standard matching rules binding.
+ Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the
+ device from its current driver or make any attempt to
+ automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a
+ matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device will
+ not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to opt-out of
+ driver binding using a driver_override name such as "none".
+ Only a single driver may be specified in the override, there is
+ no support for parsing delimiters.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..721b4ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../manuf
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Each BCMA core has it's manufacturer id. See
+ include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values.
+
+What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../id
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ There are a few types of BCMA cores, they can be identified by
+ id field.
+
+What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../rev
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ BCMA cores of the same type can still slightly differ depending
+ on their revision. Use it for detailed programming.
+
+What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../class
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Each BCMA core is identified by few fields, including class it
+ belongs to. See include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b8d6ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/enable_sink
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple
+ source for a single sink.
+ ex: echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/status
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific
+ layout and content is driver specific.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/trigger_cntr
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the
+ formatter after a defined number of words have been stored
+ following the trigger event. The number of 32-bit words written
+ into the Trace RAM following the trigger event is equal to the
+ value stored in this register+1 (from ARM ETB-TRM).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..924265a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_source
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry.
+ Enabling a source implies the source has been configured
+ properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path
+ of coresight components linking the source to the sink is
+ configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_idx
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to
+ work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_acctype
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies
+ characteristics about the address comparator being configure,
+ for example the access type, the kind of instruction to trace,
+ processor contect ID to trigger on, etc. Individual fields in
+ the access type register may vary on the version of the trace
+ entity.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_range
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the range of
+ addresses to trigger on. Inclusion or exclusion is specificed
+ in the corresponding access type register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_single
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single
+ address to trigger on, highly influenced by the configuration
+ options of the corresponding access type register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_start
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single
+ address to start tracing on, highly influenced by the
+ configuration options of the corresponding access type register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_stop
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single
+ address to stop tracing on, highly influenced by the
+ configuration options of the corresponding access type register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_idx
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Specifies the counter to work on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the
+ counter event register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_val
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the
+ counter value register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_val
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the
+ counter reload value register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the
+ counter reload event register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_idx
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Specifies the index of the context ID register to be
+ selected.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_mask
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Mask to apply to all the context ID comparator.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_pid
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used with the ctxid_idx, specify with context ID to trigger
+ on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines which event triggers a trace.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/etmsr
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Gives access to the ETM status register, which holds
+ programming information and status on certains events.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/fifofull_level
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Number of byte left in the fifo before considering it full.
+ Depending on the tracer's version, can also hold threshold for
+ data suppression.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mode
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Interface with the driver's 'mode' field, controlling
+ various aspect of the trace entity such as time stamping,
+ context ID size and cycle accurate tracing. Driver specific
+ and bound to change depending on the driver.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_addr_cmp
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible
+ on a trace unit, as specified by bit 3:0 of register ETMCCR.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_cntr
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit,
+ as specified by bit 15:13 of register ETMCCR.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_ctxid_cmp
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a
+ trace unit, as specified by bit 25:24 of register ETMCCR.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/reset
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
+ to its boot configuration.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_12_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 1 to state 2.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_13_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 1 to state 3.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_21_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 2 to state 1.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_23_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 2 to state 3.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_31_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 3 to state 1.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_32_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 3 to state 2.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/curr_seq_state
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Holds the current state of the sequencer.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/sync_freq
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Holds the trace synchronization frequency value - must be
+ programmed with the various implementation behavior in mind.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/timestamp_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines an event that requests the insertion of a timestamp
+ into the trace stream.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/traceid
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream
+ coming from this trace entity.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/trigger_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Define the event that controls the trigger.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cpu
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Holds the cpu number this tracer is affined to.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmccr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Configuration Code register
+ (0x004). The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmccer
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Configuration Code Extension
+ register (0x1e8). The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmscr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM System Configuration
+ register (0x014). The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmidr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM ID register (0x1e4). The
+ value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmcr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Main Control register (0x000).
+ The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtraceidr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace ID register (0x200).
+ The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmteevr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace Enable Event register
+ (0x020). The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtsscr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace Start/Stop Conrol
+ register (0x018). The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtecr1
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Conrol #1
+ register (0x024). The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtecr2
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Conrol #2
+ register (0x01c). The value is read directly from the HW.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2355ed8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/enable_source
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry.
+ Enabling a source implies the source has been configured
+ properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path
+ of coresight components linking the source to the sink is
+ configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cpu
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) The CPU this tracing entity is associated with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_pe_cmp
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Indicates the number of PE comparator inputs that are
+ available for tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_addr_cmp
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Indicates the number of address comparator pairs that are
+ available for tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_cntr
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Indicates the number of counters that are available for
+ tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_ext_inp
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Indicates how many external inputs are implemented.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/numcidc
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Indicates the number of Context ID comparators that are
+ available for tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/numvmidc
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Indicates the number of VMID comparators that are available
+ for tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nrseqstate
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Indicates the number of sequencer states that are
+ implemented.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_resource
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Indicates the number of resource selection pairs that are
+ available for tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/nr_ss_cmp
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Indicates the number of single-shot comparator controls that
+ are available for tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/reset
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
+ to its boot configuration.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mode
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls various modes supported by this ETM, for example
+ P0 instruction tracing, branch broadcast, cycle counting and
+ context ID tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/pe
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls which PE to trace.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/event
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls the tracing of arbitrary events from bank 0 to 3.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/event_instren
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls the behavior of the events in bank 0 to 3.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/event_ts
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls the insertion of global timestamps in the trace
+ streams.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/syncfreq
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls how often trace synchronization requests occur.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cyc_threshold
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Sets the threshold value for cycle counting.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/bb_ctrl
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls which regions in the memory map are enabled to
+ use branch broadcasting.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/event_vinst
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls instruction trace filtering.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/s_exlevel_vinst
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) In Secure state, each bit controls whether instruction
+ tracing is enabled for the corresponding exception level.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/ns_exlevel_vinst
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) In non-secure state, each bit controls whether instruction
+ tracing is enabled for the corresponding exception level.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/addr_idx
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to
+ work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/addr_instdatatype
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls what type of comparison the trace unit performs.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/addr_single
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used to setup single address comparator values.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/addr_range
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used to setup address range comparator values.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/seq_idx
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select which sequensor.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/seq_state
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Use this to set, or read, the sequencer state.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/seq_event
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Moves the sequencer state to a specific state.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/seq_reset_event
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Moves the sequencer to state 0 when a programmed event
+ occurs.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cntr_idx
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select which counter unit to work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cntrldvr
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) This sets or returns the reload count value of the
+ specific counter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cntr_val
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) This sets or returns the current count value of the
+ specific counter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/cntr_ctrl
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls the operation of the selected counter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/res_idx
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select which resource selection unit to work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/res_ctrl
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls the selection of the resources in the trace unit.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/ctxid_idx
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select which context ID comparator to work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/ctxid_pid
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Get/Set the context ID comparator value to trigger on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/ctxid_masks
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Mask for all 8 context ID comparator value
+ registers (if implemented).
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/vmid_idx
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select which virtual machine ID comparator to work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/vmid_val
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Get/Set the virtual machine ID comparator value to
+ trigger on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/vmid_masks
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Mask for all 8 virtual machine ID comparator value
+ registers (if implemented).
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcoslsr
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Print the content of the OS Lock Status Register (0x304).
+ The value it taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpdcr
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Print the content of the Power Down Control Register
+ (0x310). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpdsr
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Print the content of the Power Down Status Register
+ (0x314). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trclsr
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Print the content of the SW Lock Status Register
+ (0xFB4). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcauthstatus
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Print the content of the Authentication Status Register
+ (0xFB8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcdevid
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Print the content of the Device ID Register
+ (0xFC8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcdevtype
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Print the content of the Device Type Register
+ (0xFCC). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpidr0
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID0 Register
+ (0xFE0). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpidr1
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID1 Register
+ (0xFE4). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpidr2
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID2 Register
+ (0xFE8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcpidr3
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register
+ (0xFEC). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr0
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E0).
+ The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr1
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E4).
+ The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr2
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address,
+ VMID, context ID and instuction address in the trace unit
+ (0x1E8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr3
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Returns the value associated with various resources
+ available to the trace unit. See the Trace Macrocell
+ architecture specification for more details (0x1E8).
+ The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr4
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F0).
+ The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr5
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F4).
+ The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr8
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Returns the maximum speculation depth of the instruction
+ trace stream. (0x180). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr9
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Returns the number of P0 right-hand keys that the trace unit
+ can use (0x184). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr10
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Returns the number of P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit
+ can use (0x188). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr11
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Returns the number of special P1 right-hand keys that the
+ trace unit can use (0x18C). The value is taken directly from
+ the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr12
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Returns the number of conditional P1 right-hand keys that
+ the trace unit can use (0x190). The value is taken directly
+ from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr13
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Returns the number of special conditional P1 right-hand keys
+ that the trace unit can use (0x194). The value is taken
+ directly from the HW.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d75acda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/funnel_ctrl
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Enables the slave ports and defines the hold time of the
+ slave ports.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/priority
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines input port priority order.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f38cded
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/trigger_cntr
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the
+ formatter after a defined number of words have been stored
+ following the trigger event. Additional interface for this
+ driver are expected to be added as it matures.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2979c40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../type
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the subchannel type, as reported by the hardware.
+ This attribute is present for all subchannel types.
+
+What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../modalias
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the module alias as reported with uevents.
+ It is of the format css:t<type> and present for all
+ subchannel types.
+
+What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../chpids
+Date: December 2002
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this
+ subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem
+ during subchannel recognition.
+ Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
+Users: s390-tools, HAL
+
+What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../pimpampom
+Date: December 2002
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the
+ channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O
+ layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily
+ in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem).
+ Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
+Users: s390-tools, HAL
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..505f080
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+What: /sys/devices/cpu/events/
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-misses
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-references
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-misses
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-frontend
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-instructions
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-backend
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/instructions
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/cpu-cycles
+
+Date: 2013/01/08
+
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+
+Description: Generic performance monitoring events
+
+ A collection of performance monitoring events that may be
+ supported by many/most CPUs. These events can be monitored
+ using the 'perf(1)' tool.
+
+ The contents of each file would look like:
+
+ event=0xNNNN
+
+ where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the
+ "raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's
+ "basename".
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event>
+Date: 2014/02/24
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Per-pmu performance monitoring events specific to the running system
+
+ Each file (except for some of those with a '.' in them, '.unit'
+ and '.scale') in the 'events' directory describes a single
+ performance monitoring event supported by the <pmu>. The name
+ of the file is the name of the event.
+
+ File contents:
+
+ <term>[=<value>][,<term>[=<value>]]...
+
+ Where <term> is one of the terms listed under
+ /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/format/ and <value> is
+ a number is base-16 format with a '0x' prefix (lowercase only).
+ If a <term> is specified alone (without an assigned value), it
+ is implied that 0x1 is assigned to that <term>.
+
+ Examples (each of these lines would be in a seperate file):
+
+ event=0x2abc
+ event=0x423,inv,cmask=0x3
+ domain=0x1,offset=0x8,starting_index=0xffff
+ domain=0x1,offset=0x8,core=?
+
+ Each of the assignments indicates a value to be assigned to a
+ particular set of bits (as defined by the format file
+ corresponding to the <term>) in the perf_event structure passed
+ to the perf_open syscall.
+
+ In the case of the last example, a value replacing "?" would
+ need to be provided by the user selecting the particular event.
+ This is referred to as "event parameterization". Event
+ parameters have the format 'param=?'.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event>.unit
+Date: 2014/02/24
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Perf event units
+
+ A string specifying the English plural numerical unit that <event>
+ (once multiplied by <event>.scale) represents.
+
+ Example:
+
+ Joules
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event>.scale
+Date: 2014/02/24
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Perf event scaling factors
+
+ A string representing a floating point value expressed in
+ scientific notation to be multiplied by the event count
+ recieved from the kernel to match the unit specified in the
+ <event>.unit file.
+
+ Example:
+
+ 2.3283064365386962890625e-10
+
+ This is provided to avoid performing floating point arithmetic
+ in the kernel.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77f47ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Where: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format
+Date: January 2012
+Kernel Version: 3.3
+Contact: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ Attribute group to describe the magic bits that go into
+ perf_event_attr::config[012] for a particular pmu.
+ Each attribute of this group defines the 'hardware' bitmask
+ we want to export, so that userspace can deal with sane
+ name/value pairs.
+
+ Userspace must be prepared for the possibility that attributes
+ define overlapping bit ranges. For example:
+ attr1 = 'config:0-23'
+ attr2 = 'config:0-7'
+ attr3 = 'config:12-35'
+
+ Example: 'config1:1,6-10,44'
+ Defines contents of attribute that occupies bits 1,6-10,44 of
+ perf_event_attr::config1.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f893337
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ Provides access to the binary "24x7 catalog" provided by the
+ hypervisor on POWER7 and 8 systems. This catalog lists events
+ avaliable from the powerpc "hv_24x7" pmu. Its format is
+ documented here:
+ https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jmesmon/catalog-24x7/master/hv-24x7-catalog.h
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog_length
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ A number equal to the length in bytes of the catalog. This is
+ also extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog_version
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ Exposes the "version" field of the 24x7 catalog. This is also
+ extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_descs/<event-name>
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ Provides the description of a particular event as provided by
+ the firmware. If firmware does not provide a description, no
+ file will be created.
+
+ Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for
+ events in the events/ dir.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_long_descs/<event-name>
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ Provides the "long" description of a particular event as
+ provided by the firmware. If firmware does not provide a
+ description, no file will be created.
+
+ Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for
+ events in the events/ dir.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ca4e55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/collect_privileged
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ '0' if the hypervisor is configured to forbid access to event
+ counters being accumulated by other guests and to physical
+ domain event counters.
+ '1' if that access is allowed.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/ga
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "GA" events (listed
+ in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h).
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/expanded
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "EXPANDED" events (listed
+ in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h).
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/lab
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "LAB" events (listed
+ in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h).
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/version
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ A number indicating the version of the gpci interface that the
+ hypervisor reports supporting.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/kernel_version
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ A number indicating the latest version of the gpci interface
+ that the kernel is aware of.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..657df13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+What: /sys/bus/fcoe/
+Date: August 2012
+KernelVersion: TBD
+Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
+Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces.
+Attributes:
+
+ ctlr_create: 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an
+ <ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a
+ fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any
+ per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's
+ 'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login
+ process.
+
+ ctlr_destroy: 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a
+ fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the
+ fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected
+ FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated
+ for this fcoe_ctlr_device and any structures associated
+ with it, this includes the scsi_host.
+
+What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/ctlr_X
+Date: March 2012
+KernelVersion: TBD
+Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
+Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus.
+ The FCoE Controller now has a three stage creation process.
+ 1) Write interface name to ctlr_create 2) Configure the FCoE
+ Controller (ctlr_X) 3) Enable the FCoE Controller to begin
+ discovery and login. The FCoE Controller is destroyed by
+ writing it's name, i.e. ctlr_X to the ctlr_delete file.
+
+Attributes:
+
+ fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing
+ this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all
+ FCFs discovered by this controller.
+
+ mode: Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible
+ modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller
+ is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is
+ initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted.
+ If a FCoE Controller is started in 'VN2VN' mode then
+ FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE
+ Controller only supports one mode at a time.
+
+ enabled: Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled.
+ 0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1
+ to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller.
+
+ lesb/link_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
+
+ lesb/vlink_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
+ failure count.
+
+ lesb/miss_fka: Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
+ Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA).
+
+ lesb/symb_err: Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
+
+ lesb/err_block: Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
+
+ lesb/fcs_error: Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
+ Services error count.
+
+Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0)
+
+What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/fcf_X
+Date: March 2012
+KernelVersion: TBD
+Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
+Description: 'FCoE FCF' instances on the fcoe bus. A FCF is a Fibre Channel
+ Forwarder, which is a FCoE switch that can accept FCoE
+ (Ethernet) packets, unpack them, and forward the embedded
+ Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take
+ outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to
+ be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment.
+Attributes:
+
+ fabric_name: Identifies the fabric that the FCF services.
+
+ switch_name: Identifies the FCF.
+
+ priority: The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same
+ fabric.
+
+ selected: 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use;
+ 0 indicates that the switch will not be used.
+
+ fc_map: The Fibre Channel MAP
+
+ vfid: The Virtual Fabric ID
+
+ mac: The FCF's MAC address
+
+ fka_period: The FIP Keep-Alive period
+
+ fabric_state: The internal kernel state
+ "Unknown" - Initialization value
+ "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric
+ "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF
+ "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system
+
+ dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout period for this FCF.
+
+Notes: A device loss infrastructure similar to the FC Transport's
+ is present in fcoe_sysfs. It is nice to have so that a
+ link flapping adapter doesn't continually advance the count
+ used to identify the discovered FCF. FCFs will exist in a
+ "Disconnected" state until either the timer expires and the
+ FCF becomes "Deleted" or the FCF is rediscovered and becomes
+ "Connected."
+
+
+Users: The first user of this interface will be the fcoeadm application,
+ which is commonly packaged in the fcoe-utils package.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b1b282
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hsi
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com>
+Description:
+ High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a
+ serial interface mainly used for connecting application
+ engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular
+ handsets.
+ The bus will be populated with devices (hsi_clients) representing
+ the protocols available in the system. Bus drivers implement
+ those protocols.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hsi/devices/.../modalias
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com>
+Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent
+ Format: hsi:<hsi_client device name>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9de269b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../device
+Date: February 2011
+Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ show what device is attached
+ NONE - no device
+ USB - USB device is attached
+ UART - UART is attached
+ CHARGER - Charger is attaced
+ JIG - JIG is attached
+
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch
+Date: February 2011
+Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ show or set the state of manual switch
+ VAUDIO - switch to VAUDIO path
+ UART - switch to UART path
+ AUDIO - switch to AUDIO path
+ DHOST - switch to DHOST path
+ AUTO - switch automatically by device
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..feb2e4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../heading0_input
+Date: April 2010
+Kernel Version: 2.6.36?
+Contact: alan.cox@intel.com
+Description: Reports the current heading from the compass as a floating
+ point value in degrees.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../power_state
+Date: April 2010
+Kernel Version: 2.6.36?
+Contact: alan.cox@intel.com
+Description: Sets the power state of the device. 0 sets the device into
+ sleep mode, 1 wakes it up.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../calibration
+Date: April 2010
+Kernel Version: 2.6.36?
+Contact: alan.cox@intel.com
+Description: Sets the calibration on or off (1 = on, 0 = off). See the
+ chip data sheet.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b62230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_hvled[n]
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the controlling backlight device for high-voltage current
+ sink HVLED[n] (n = 1, 2) (0, 1).
+
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_lvled[n]
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the controlling led device for low-voltage current sink
+ LVLED[n] (n = 1..5) (0..3).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0439c2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -0,0 +1,1493 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware chip or device accessed by one communication port.
+ Corresponds to a grouping of sensor channels. X is the IIO
+ index of the device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ An event driven driver of data capture to an in kernel buffer.
+ May be provided by a device driver that also has an IIO device
+ based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or
+ provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g.
+ periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer).
+ Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not
+ generalize well and hence are not documented in this file.
+ X is the IIO index of the trigger.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Directory of attributes relating to the buffer for the device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/name
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Description of the physical chip / device for device X.
+ Typically a part number.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Some devices have internal clocks. This parameter sets the
+ resulting sampling frequency. In many devices this
+ parameter has an effect on input filters etc. rather than
+ simply controlling when the input is sampled. As this
+ effects data ready triggers, hardware buffers and the sysfs
+ direct access interfaces, it may be found in any of the
+ relevant directories. If it effects all of the above
+ then it is to be found in the base device directory.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency_available
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ When the internal sampling clock can only take a small
+ discrete set of values, this file lists those available.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware dependent ADC oversampling. Controls the sampling ratio
+ of the digital filter if available.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio_available
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware dependent values supported by the oversampling filter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) voltage measurement from
+ channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not
+ correspond to externally available input one of the named
+ versions may be used. The number must always be specified and
+ unique to allow association with event codes. Units after
+ application of scale and offset are millivolts.
+
+ Channels with 'i' and 'q' modifiers always exist in pairs and both
+ channels refer to the same signal. The 'i' channel contains the in-phase
+ component of the signal while the 'q' channel contains the quadrature
+ component.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled) differential voltage measurement equivalent to
+ channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the
+ physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are
+ separately available. In differential only parts, then all that
+ is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application
+ of scale and offset are millivolts.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) current measurement from
+ channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not
+ correspond to externally available input one of the named
+ versions may be used. The number must always be specified and
+ unique to allow association with event codes. Units after
+ application of scale and offset are milliamps.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw capacitance measurement from channel Y. Units after
+ application of scale and offset are nanofarads.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-in_capacitanceZ_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw differential capacitance measurement equivalent to
+ channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the
+ physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are
+ separately available. In differential only parts, then all that
+ is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application
+ of scale and offset are nanofarads.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_ambient_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) temperature measurement.
+ If an axis is specified it generally means that the temperature
+ sensor is associated with one part of a compound device (e.g.
+ a gyroscope axis). The ambient and object modifiers distinguish
+ between ambient (reference) and distant temperature for contact-
+ less measurements. Units after application of scale and offset
+ are milli degrees Celsius.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_input
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Scaled temperature measurement in milli degrees Celsius.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Acceleration in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned
+ but should match other such assignments on device).
+ Has all of the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. Units
+ after application of scale and offset are m/s^2.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Angular velocity about axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily
+ assigned). Has all the equivalent parameters as per voltageY.
+ Units after application of scale and offset are radians per
+ second.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_z_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Inclination raw reading about axis x, y or z (may be
+ arbitrarily assigned). Data converted by application of offset
+ and scale to degrees.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Magnetic field along axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily
+ assigned). Data converted by application of offset
+ then scale to Gauss.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_peak_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_peak_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_peak_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.36
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Highest value since some reset condition. These
+ attributes allow access to this and are otherwise
+ the direct equivalent of the <type>Y[_name]_raw attributes.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_xyz_squared_peak_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.36
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A computed peak value based on the sum squared magnitude of
+ the underlying value in the specified directions.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after
+ application of scale and offset are kilopascal.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_input
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_input
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Scaled pressure measurement from channel Y, in kilopascal.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.14
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw humidity measurement of air. Units after application of
+ scale and offset are milli percent.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_input
+KernelVersion: 3.14
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Scaled humidity measurement in milli percent.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_X_mean_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Averaged raw measurement from channel X. The number of values
+ used for averaging is device specific. The converting rules for
+ normal raw values also applies to the averaged raw values.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_i_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_q_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_q_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_i_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_offset
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If known for a device, offset to be added to <type>[Y]_raw prior
+ to scaling by <type>[Y]_scale in order to obtain value in the
+ <type> units as specified in <type>[Y]_raw documentation.
+ Not present if the offset is always 0 or unknown. If Y or
+ axis <x|y|z> is not present, then the offset applies to all
+ in channels of <type>.
+ May be writable if a variable offset can be applied on the
+ device. Note that this is different to calibbias which
+ is for devices (or drivers) that apply offsets to compensate
+ for variation between different instances of the part, typically
+ adjusted by using some hardware supported calibration procedure.
+ Calibbias is applied internally, offset is applied in userspace
+ to the _raw output.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_i_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_q_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_i_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_q_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If known for a device, scale to be applied to <type>Y[_name]_raw
+ post addition of <type>[Y][_name]_offset in order to obtain the
+ measured value in <type> units as specified in
+ <type>[Y][_name]_raw documentation. If shared across all in
+ channels then Y and <x|y|z> are not present and the value is
+ called <type>[Y][_name]_scale. The peak modifier means this
+ value is applied to <type>Y[_name]_peak_raw values.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibbias
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production
+ inaccuracies).
+
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_calibscale
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_calibscale
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_calibscale
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_calibscale
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibscale
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibscale
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale
+what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale
+what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_calibscale
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware applied calibration scale factor (assumed to fix
+ production inaccuracies). If shared across all channels,
+ <type>_calibscale is used.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Gender of the user (e.g.: male, female) used by some pedometers
+ to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity
+ type.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender_available
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Lists all available gender values (e.g.: male, female).
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibheight
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibheight
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibheight
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibheight
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Height of the user (in meters) used by some pedometers
+ to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity
+ type.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibweight
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Weight of the user (in kg). It is needed by some pedometers
+ to compute the calories burnt by the user.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltageX_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageX_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageX_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale_available
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If a discrete set of scale values is available, they
+ are listed in this attribute.
+
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_hardwaregain
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware applied gain factor. If shared across all channels,
+ <type>_hardwaregain is used.
+
+What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
+What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
+What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If a known or controllable low pass filter is applied
+ to the underlying data channel, then this parameter
+ gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz.
+
+What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency
+What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency
+What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If a known or controllable high pass filter is applied
+ to the underlying data channel, then this parameter
+ gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for
+ channel Y. The number must always be specified and
+ unique if the output corresponds to a single channel.
+ While DAC like devices typically use out_voltage,
+ a continuous frequency generating device, such as
+ a DDS or PLL should use out_altvoltage.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY&Z_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY&Z_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for an aggregate of
+ channel Y, channel Z, etc. This interface is available in cases
+ where a single output sets the value for multiple channels
+ simultaneously.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the output powerdown mode.
+ DAC output stage is disconnected from the amplifier and
+ 1kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 1kOhm resistor,
+ 6kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 6kOhm resistor,
+ 20kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 20kOhm resistor,
+ 100kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 100kOhm resistor,
+ 500kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 500kOhm resistor,
+ three_state: left floating.
+ For a list of available output power down options read
+ outX_powerdown_mode_available. If Y is not present the
+ mode is shared across all outputs.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode_available
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Lists all available output power down modes.
+ If Y is not present the mode is shared across all outputs.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing 1 causes output Y to enter the power down mode specified
+ by the corresponding outY_powerdown_mode. DAC output stage is
+ disconnected from the amplifier. Clearing returns to normal
+ operation. Y may be suppressed if all outputs are controlled
+ together.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Output frequency for channel Y in Hz. The number must always be
+ specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single
+ channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_phase
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Phase in radians of one frequency/clock output Y
+ (out_altvoltageY) relative to another frequency/clock output
+ (out_altvoltageZ) of the device X. The number must always be
+ specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single
+ channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Configuration of which hardware generated events are passed up
+ to user-space.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_en
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Event generated when channel passes a threshold in the specified
+ (_rising|_falling) direction. If the direction is not specified,
+ then either the device will report an event which ever direction
+ a single threshold value is passed in (e.g.
+ <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_value) or
+ <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_rising_value and
+ <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take
+ different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds
+ or neither.
+ Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
+ to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary
+ depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
+ sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of
+ these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may
+ have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when
+ a given event type is enabled at a future point (and not those for
+ whatever event was previously enabled).
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_falling_en
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the rate of
+ change (1st differential) in the specified (_rising|_falling)
+ direction. If the direction is not specified, then either the
+ device will report an event which ever direction a single
+ threshold value is passed in (e.g.
+ <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_value) or
+ <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_rising_value and
+ <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take
+ different values, but the device can only enable both rate of
+ change thresholds or neither.
+ Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
+ to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may
+ vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
+ sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of
+ these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may
+ have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when
+ a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for
+ whatever event was previously enabled).
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_value
+what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_value
+what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value
+what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing
+ against for the events enabled by
+ <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en.
+ If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
+ direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
+ threshold value applies to both directions.
+ The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the
+ value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw
+ and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes).
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_peak_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_supply_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_temp_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity_scale
+KernelVersion: 3.21
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the conversion factor from the standard units
+ to device specific units used to set the event trigger
+ threshold.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_hysteresis
+what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_either_hysteresis
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the hysteresis of threshold that the device is comparing
+ against for the events enabled by
+ <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_(rising|falling)]_hysteresis.
+ If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
+ direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
+ hysteresis value applies to both directions.
+ For falling events the hysteresis is added to the _value attribute for
+ this event to get the upper threshold for when the event goes back to
+ normal, for rising events the hysteresis is subtracted from the _value
+ attribute. E.g. if in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_value is set to 1200
+ and in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_hysteresis is set to 50. The event
+ will get activated once in_voltage0_raw goes above 1200 and will become
+ deactived again once the value falls below 1150.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_falling_value
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the
+ device is comparing against for the events enabled by
+ <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en.
+ If separate attributes exist for the two directions,
+ but direction is not specified for this attribute,
+ then a single threshold value applies to both directions.
+ The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the
+ value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw
+ and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes).
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_intensity0_thresh_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_period
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Period of time (in seconds) for which the condition must be
+ met before an event is generated. If direction is not
+ specified then this period applies to both directions.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If a low pass filter can be applied to the event generation
+ this property gives its 3db frequency in Hz.
+ A value of zero disables the filter.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If a high pass filter can be applied to the event generation
+ this property gives its 3db frequency in Hz.
+ A value of zero disables the filter.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_en
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Enables or disables activitity events. Depending on direction
+ an event is generated when sensor ENTERS or LEAVES a given state.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Confidence value (in units as percentage) to be used
+ for deciding when an event should be generated. E.g for
+ running: If the confidence value reported by the sensor
+ is greater than in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value
+ then the sensor ENTERS running state. Conversely, if the
+ confidence value reported by the sensor is lower than
+ in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value then the sensor
+ is LEAVING running state.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_en
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Similar to in_accel_x_thresh[_rising|_falling]_en, but here the
+ magnitude of the channel is compared to the threshold, not its
+ signed value.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_raw_mag_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_mag_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_mag_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_mag_rising_value
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The value to which the magnitude of the channel is compared. If
+ number or direction is not specified, applies to all channels of
+ this type.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_en
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the absolute
+ change in value. E.g. for steps: a step change event is
+ generated each time the user takes N steps, where N is set using
+ in_steps_change_value.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_value
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the value of change threshold that the
+ device is comparing against for the events enabled by
+ <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling|]_en. E.g. for steps:
+ if set to 3, a step change event will be generated every 3
+ steps.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/trigger/current_trigger
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The name of the trigger source being used, as per string given
+ in /sys/class/iio/triggerY/name.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Number of scans contained by the buffer.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/enable
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Actually start the buffer capture up. Will start trigger
+ if first device and appropriate.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/scan_elements
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Directory containing interfaces for elements that will be
+ captured for a single triggered sample set in the buffer.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_en
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Scan element control for triggered data capture.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_type
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Description of the scan element data storage within the buffer
+ and hence the form in which it is read from user-space.
+ Form is [be|le]:[s|u]bits/storagebits[>>shift].
+ be or le specifies big or little endian. s or u specifies if
+ signed (2's complement) or unsigned. bits is the number of bits
+ of data and storagebits is the space (after padding) that it
+ occupies in the buffer. shift if specified, is the shift that
+ needs to be applied prior to masking out unused bits. Some
+ devices put their data in the middle of the transferred elements
+ with additional information on both sides. Note that some
+ devices will have additional information in the unused bits
+ so to get a clean value, the bits value must be used to mask
+ the buffer output value appropriately. The storagebits value
+ also specifies the data alignment. So s48/64>>2 will be a
+ signed 48 bit integer stored in a 64 bit location aligned to
+ a 64 bit boundary. To obtain the clean value, shift right 2
+ and apply a mask to zero the top 16 bits of the result.
+ For other storage combinations this attribute will be extended
+ appropriately.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type_available
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If the type parameter can take one of a small set of values,
+ this attribute lists them.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_index
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A single positive integer specifying the position of this
+ scan element in the buffer. Note these are not dependent on
+ what is enabled and may not be contiguous. Thus for user-space
+ to establish the full layout these must be used in conjunction
+ with all _en attributes to establish which channels are present,
+ and the relevant _type attributes to establish the data storage
+ format.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_still_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_walking_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_jogging_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_running_input
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to read the confidence for an activity
+ expressed in units as percentage.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_quadrature_correction_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to read the amount of quadrature error
+ present in the device at a given time.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_accelX_power_mode
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the chip power mode.
+ low_noise: reduce noise level from ADC,
+ low_power: enable low current consumption.
+ For a list of available output power modes read
+ in_accel_power_mode_available.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to read the energy value reported by the
+ device (e.g.: human activity sensors report energy burnt by the
+ user). Units after application of scale are Joules.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to read the distance covered by the user
+ since the last reboot while activated. Units after application
+ of scale are meters.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/store_eeprom
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing '1' stores the current device configuration into
+ on-chip EEPROM. After power-up or chip reset the device will
+ automatically load the saved configuration.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximityY_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Proximity measurement indicating that some
+ object is near the sensor, usually be observing
+ reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted.
+ Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion
+ to SI units is not possible. Higher proximity measurements
+ indicate closer objects, and vice versa.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_mean_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_ir_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_clear_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Illuminance measurement, units after application of scale
+ and offset are lux.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_ir_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_both_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Unit-less light intensity. Modifiers both and ir indicate
+ that measurements contains visible and infrared light
+ components or just infrared light, respectively.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_integration_time
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_integration_time
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_integration_time
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_integration_time
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_integration_time
+KernelVersion: 3.12
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to get/set the integration time in
+ seconds.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_integration_time
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Number of seconds in which to compute speed.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_quaternion_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw value of quaternion components using a format
+ x y z w. Here x, y, and z component represents the axis about
+ which a rotation will occur and w component represents the
+ amount of rotation.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw value of rotation from true/magnetic north measured with
+ or without compensation from tilt sensors.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_i_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_q_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw current measurement from channel X. Units are in milliamps
+ after application of scale and offset. If no offset or scale is
+ present, output should be considered as processed with the
+ unit in milliamps.
+
+ Channels with 'i' and 'q' modifiers always exist in pairs and both
+ channels refer to the same signal. The 'i' channel contains the in-phase
+ component of the signal while the 'q' channel contains the quadrature
+ component.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_en
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Activates a device feature that runs in firmware/hardware.
+ E.g. for steps: the pedometer saves power while not used;
+ when activated, it will count the steps taken by the user in
+ firmware and export them through in_steps_input.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_input
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to read the number of steps taken by the user
+ since the last reboot while activated.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to read the current speed value of the
+ user (which is the norm or magnitude of the velocity vector).
+ Units after application of scale are m/s.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_count
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the number of steps that must occur within
+ in_steps_filter_debounce_time for the pedometer to decide the
+ consumer is making steps.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_time
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies number of seconds in which we compute the steps
+ that occur in order to decide if the consumer is making steps.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/watermark
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan
+ elements to wait for.
+ Poll will block until the watermark is reached.
+ Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested
+ read amount or the low water mark is available.
+ Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the
+ buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This
+ allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read
+ the available samples after the timeout expires and thus have a
+ maximum delay guarantee.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_enabled
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A read-only boolean value that indicates if the hardware fifo is
+ currently enabled or disabled. If the device does not have a
+ hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+ The hardware fifo is enabled when the buffer is enabled if the
+ current hardware fifo watermark level is set and other current
+ device settings allows it (e.g. if a trigger is set that samples
+ data differently that the hardware fifo does then hardware fifo
+ will not enabled).
+ If the hardware fifo is enabled and the level of the hardware
+ fifo reaches the hardware fifo watermark level the device will
+ flush its hardware fifo to the device buffer. Doing a non
+ blocking read on the device when no samples are present in the
+ device buffer will also force a flush.
+ When the hardware fifo is enabled there is no need to use a
+ trigger to use buffer mode since the watermark settings
+ guarantees that the hardware fifo is flushed to the device
+ buffer.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Read-only entry that contains a single integer specifying the
+ current watermark level for the hardware fifo. If the device
+ does not have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+ The watermark level for the hardware fifo is set by the driver
+ based on the value set by the user in buffer/watermark but
+ taking into account hardware limitations (e.g. most hardware
+ buffers are limited to 32-64 samples, some hardware buffers
+ watermarks are fixed or have minimum levels). A value of 0
+ means that the hardware watermark is unset.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_min
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A single positive integer specifying the minimum watermark level
+ for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not
+ have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+ If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value less than this one,
+ then the hardware watermark will remain unset.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_max
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A single positive integer specifying the maximum watermark level
+ for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not
+ have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+ If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than this
+ one, then the hardware watermark will be capped at this value.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_available
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A list of positive integers specifying the available watermark
+ levels for the hardware fifo. This entry is optional and if it
+ is not present it means that all the values between
+ hwfifo_watermark_min and hwfifo_watermark_max are supported.
+ If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than
+ hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this
+ list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the
+ hardware fifo watermark level.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_calibemissivity
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_calibemissivity
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_calibemissivity
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_object_calibemissivity
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The emissivity ratio of the surface in the field of view of the
+ contactless temperature sensor. Emissivity varies from 0 to 1,
+ with 1 being the emissivity of a black body.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_oversampling_ratio
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_oversampling_ratio
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_oversampling_ratio
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware applied number of measurements for acquiring one
+ data point. The HW will do <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio
+ measurements and return the average value as output data. Each
+ value resulted from <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio measurements
+ is considered as one sample for <type>[_name]_sampling_frequency.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_co2_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_co2_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_voc_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_voc_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) percentage reading of a substance.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistance_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistanceX_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistance_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistanceX_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) resistance reading that can be processed
+ into an ohm value.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/heater_enable
+KernelVersion: 4.1.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ '1' (enable) or '0' (disable) specifying the enable
+ of heater function. Same reading values apply
+ This ABI is especially applicable for humidity sensors
+ to heatup the device and get rid of any condensation
+ in some humidity environment
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99847a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmc150_accel-any-motion-devX"
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The BMC150 accelerometer kernel module provides an additional trigger,
+ which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer
+ only when there is any motion.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f30b4c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_sensing_mode
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2.0
+Contact: source@cogentembedded.com
+Description:
+ Program sensor type for threshold detector inputs.
+ Could be either "GND-Open" or "Supply-Open" mode. Y is a
+ threshold detector input channel. Channels 0..7, 8..15, 16..23
+ and 24..31 has common sensor types.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_value
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2.0
+Contact: source@cogentembedded.com
+Description:
+ Channel Y low voltage threshold. If sensor input voltage goes lower then
+ this value then the threshold falling event is pushed.
+ Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the low voltage threshold
+ is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes.
+ Channels 0..31 have common low threshold values, but could have different
+ sensing_modes.
+ The low voltage threshold range is between 2..21V.
+ Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and
+ can not be odd.
+ If falling threshold results hysteresis to odd value then rising
+ threshold is automatically subtracted by one.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_value
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2.0
+Contact: source@cogentembedded.com
+Description:
+ Channel Y high voltage threshold. If sensor input voltage goes higher then
+ this value then the threshold rising event is pushed.
+ Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the high voltage threshold
+ is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes.
+ Channels 0..31 have common high threshold values, but could have different
+ sensing_modes.
+ The high voltage threshold range is between 3..22V.
+ Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and
+ can not be odd.
+ If rising threshold results hysteresis to odd value then falling
+ threshold is automatically appended by one.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0c1ea9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_VOC_short_raw
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get the raw calibration VOC value from the sensor.
+ This value has little application outside of calibration.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a91aeab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_feedback_clk_present
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_reference_clk_present
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_a_present
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_b_present
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_test_present
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/vcxo_clk_present
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
+ '1' means that the clock in question is present.
+ '0' means that the clock is missing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the
+ pllY is locked.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sync_dividers
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing '1' triggers the clock distribution synchronization
+ functionality. All dividers are reset and the channels start
+ with their predefined phase offsets (out_altvoltageY_phase).
+ Writing this file has the effect as driving the external
+ /SYNC pin low.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1254457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_resolution
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Stores channel Y frequency resolution/channel spacing in Hz.
+ The value given directly influences the MODULUS used by
+ the fractional-N PLL. It is assumed that the algorithm
+ that is used to compute the various dividers, is able to
+ generate proper values for multiples of channel spacing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_refin_frequency
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Sets channel Y REFin frequency in Hz. In some clock chained
+ applications, the reference frequency used by the PLL may
+ change during runtime. This attribute allows the user to
+ adjust the reference frequency accordingly.
+ The value written has no effect until out_altvoltageY_frequency
+ is updated. Consider to use out_altvoltageY_powerdown to power
+ down the PLL and its RFOut buffers during REFin changes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e98209c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmg160-any-motion-devX"
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The BMG160 gyro kernel module provides an additional trigger,
+ which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer
+ only when there is any motion.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b72bb62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw_available
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Controls the heater device within the humidity sensor to get
+ rid of excess condensation.
+
+ Valid control values are 0 = OFF, and 1 = ON.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22c5ea6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Event generated when channel passes one of the four thresholds
+ in each direction (rising|falling) and a zone change occurs.
+ The corresponding light zone can be read from
+ in_illuminance0_zone.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_threshY_hysteresis
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get the hysteresis for thresholds Y, that is,
+ threshY_hysteresis = threshY_raising - threshY_falling
+
+What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_raising_value
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing
+ against for the events enabled by
+ in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en (0..255), where Y in 0..3.
+
+ Note that threshY_falling must be less than or equal to
+ threshY_raising.
+
+ These thresholds correspond to the eight zone-boundary
+ registers (boundaryY_{low,high}) and define the five light
+ zones.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_zone
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get the current light zone (0..4) as defined by the
+ in_illuminance0_threshY_{falling,rising} thresholds.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get output current for channel Y (0..255), that is,
+ out_currentY_currentZ_raw, where Z is the current zone.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_currentZ_raw
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the output current for channel out_currentY when in zone
+ Z (0..255), where Y in 0..2 and Z in 0..4.
+
+ These values correspond to the ALS-mapper target registers for
+ ALS-mapper Y + 1.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a6265e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/battery_low
+KernelVersion: 4.1.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the
+ battery level supplied to sensor is below 2.25V.
+ This ABI is available for tsys02d, htu21, ms8607
+ This ABI is available for htu21, ms8607
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb53737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_matrix
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_matrix
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_matrix
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This is mounting matrix for motion sensors. Mounting matrix
+ is a 3x3 unitary matrix. A typical mounting matrix would look like
+ [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Using this information, it would be
+ easy to tell the relative positions among sensors as well as their
+ positions relative to the board that holds these sensors. Identity matrix
+ [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and device are perfectly
+ aligned with each other. All axes are exactly the same.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33e96f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input
+Date: March 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get the current distance in meters of storm (1km steps)
+ 1000-40000 = distance in meters
+
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity
+Date: March 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Show or set the gain boost of the amp, from 0-31 range.
+ 18 = indoors (default)
+ 14 = outdoors
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04ac623
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_now
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This file is provided by the iio-trig-sysfs stand-alone trigger
+ driver. Writing this file with any value triggers an event
+ driven driver, associated with this trigger, to capture data
+ into an in kernel buffer. This approach can be valuable during
+ automated testing or in situations, where other trigger methods
+ are not applicable. For example no RTC or spare GPIOs.
+ X is the IIO index of the trigger.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The name attribute holds a description string for the current
+ trigger. In order to associate the trigger with an IIO device
+ one should write this name string to
+ /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceY/trigger/current_trigger.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio_sysfs_trigger/add_trigger
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is provided by the iio-trig-sysfs stand-alone
+ driver and it is used to activate the creation of a new trigger.
+ In order to achieve this, one should write a positive integer
+ into the associated file, which will serve as the id of the
+ trigger. If the trigger with the specified id is already present
+ in the system, an invalid argument message will be returned.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio_sysfs_trigger/remove_trigger
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to unregister and delete a previously
+ created trigger from the list of available triggers. In order to
+ achieve this, one should write a positive integer into the
+ associated file, representing the id of the trigger that needs
+ to be removed. If the trigger can't be found, an invalid
+ argument message will be returned to the user.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecbc1f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/conversion_mode
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the hardware conversion mode used. The three
+ available modes are "normal", "high-speed" and "low-power",
+ where the last is the default mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22d0843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/masters/*
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure output ports for STP masters. Writing -1
+ disables a master; any
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_port
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RO) Output port type:
+ 0: not present,
+ 1: MSU (Memory Storage Unit)
+ 2: CTP (Common Trace Port)
+ 4: PTI (MIPI PTI).
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_drop
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Data retention policy setting: keep (0) or drop (1)
+ incoming data while output port is in reset.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_null
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) STP NULL packet generation: enabled (1) or disabled (0).
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_flush
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Force flush data from byte packing buffer for the output
+ port.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_reset
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RO) Output port is in reset (1).
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_smcfreq
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) STP sync packet frequency for the port. Specifies the
+ number of clocks between mainenance packets.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b940c5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/wrap
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer wrapping. 1 == wrapping enabled.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/mode
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure MSC operating mode:
+ - "single", for contiguous buffer mode (high-order alloc);
+ - "multi", for multiblock mode;
+ - "ExI", for DCI handler mode;
+ - "debug", for debug mode.
+ If operating mode changes, existing buffer is deallocated,
+ provided there are no active users and tracing is not enabled,
+ otherwise the write will fail.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/nr_pages
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer size for "single" or "multi" modes.
+ In single mode, this is a single number of pages, has to be
+ power of 2. In multiblock mode, this is a comma-separated list
+ of numbers of pages for each window to be allocated. Number of
+ windows is not limited.
+ Writing to this file deallocates existing buffer (provided
+ there are no active users and tracing is not enabled) and then
+ allocates a new one.
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df0b24f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/mode
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure PTI output width. Currently supported values
+ are 4, 8, 12, 16.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/freerunning_clock
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) 0: PTI trace clock acts as a strobe which only toggles
+ when there is trace data to send. 1: PTI trace clock is a
+ free-running clock.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/clock_divider
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure PTI port clock divider:
+ - 0: Intel TH clock rate,
+ - 1: 1/2 Intel TH clock rate,
+ - 2: 1/4 Intel TH clock rate,
+ - 3: 1/8 Intel TH clock rate.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d48a94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-<device><id>/active
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Writes of 1 or 0 enable or disable trace output to this
+ output device. Reads return current status.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/port
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RO) Port number, corresponding to this output device on the
+ switch (GTH).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..491baaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_id
+Date: November 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute contains the 32-bit PHY Identifier as reported
+ by the device during bus enumeration, encoded in hexadecimal.
+ This ID is used to match the device with the appropriate
+ driver.
+
+What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_interface
+Date: February 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute contains the PHY interface as configured by the
+ Ethernet driver during bus enumeration, encoded in string.
+ This interface mode is used to configure the Ethernet MAC with the
+ appropriate mode for its data lines to the PHY hardware.
+
+What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_has_fixups
+Date: February 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute contains the boolean value whether a given PHY
+ device has had any "fixup" workaround running on it, encoded as
+ a boolean. This information is provided to help troubleshooting
+ PHY configurations.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7057e57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What: /sys/bus/media/devices/.../model
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+ linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the device model name in UTF-8. The device version is
+ is not be appended to the model name.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bd4534
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../modalias
+Date: March 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.10
+Contact: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
+ linux-mei@linux.intel.com
+Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent
+ Format: mei:<mei device name>:<device uuid>:
+
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../name
+Date: May 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Stores mei client device name
+ Format: string
+
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../uuid
+Date: May 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Stores mei client device uuid
+ Format: xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx
+
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../version
+Date: Aug 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Stores mei client protocol version
+ Format: %d
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3bc50f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../bind
+Date: December 2003
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing a device location to this file will cause
+ the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at
+ this location. This is useful for overriding default
+ bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
+ That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
+ found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
+ # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind
+ (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind
+Date: December 2003
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing a device location to this file will cause the
+ driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at
+ this location. This may be useful when overriding default
+ bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
+ That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
+ found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
+ # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind
+ (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id
+Date: December 2003
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to
+ dynamically add a new device ID to a PCI device driver.
+ This may allow the driver to support more hardware than
+ was included in the driver's static device ID support
+ table at compile time. The format for the device ID is:
+ VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM PPPP. That is Vendor ID,
+ Device ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID,
+ Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data. The Vendor ID
+ and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional.
+ Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
+ for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id
+Date: February 2009
+Contact: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
+ that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
+ The format for the device ID is:
+ VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM. That is Vendor ID, Device
+ ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, Class,
+ and Class Mask. The Vendor ID and Device ID fields are
+ required, the rest are optional. After successfully
+ removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
+ device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
+ match the driver to the device. For example:
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/rescan
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+ force a rescan of all PCI buses in the system, and
+ re-discover previously removed devices.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_bus
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a zero value to this attribute disallows MSI and
+ MSI-X for any future drivers of the device. If the device
+ is a bridge, MSI and MSI-X will be disallowed for future
+ drivers of all child devices under the bridge. Drivers
+ must be reloaded for the new setting to take effect.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/
+Date: September, 2011
+Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../msi_irqs directory contains a variable set
+ of files, with each file being named after a corresponding msi
+ irq vector allocated to that device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/<N>
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
+Description:
+ This attribute indicates the mode that the irq vector named by
+ the file is in (msi vs. msix)
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+ hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../pci_bus/.../rescan
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+ force a rescan of the bus and all child buses,
+ and re-discover devices removed earlier from this
+ part of the device tree.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+ force a rescan of the device's parent bus and all
+ child buses, and re-discover devices removed earlier
+ from this part of the device tree.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset
+Date: July 2009
+Contact: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ Some devices allow an individual function to be reset
+ without affecting other functions in the same device.
+ For devices that have this support, a file named reset
+ will be present in sysfs. Writing 1 to this file
+ will perform reset.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../vpd
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Ben Hutchings <bwh@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ A file named vpd in a device directory will be a
+ binary file containing the Vital Product Data for the
+ device. It should follow the VPD format defined in
+ PCI Specification 2.1 or 2.2, but users should consider
+ that some devices may have malformatted data. If the
+ underlying VPD has a writable section then the
+ corresponding section of this file will be writable.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../virtfnN
+Date: March 2009
+Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+ This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV
+ capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it.
+ The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the
+ Virtual Function whose index is N (0...MaxVFs-1).
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../dep_link
+Date: March 2009
+Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+ This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV
+ capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it,
+ and this device has vendor specific dependencies with others.
+ The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of
+ Physical Function this device depends on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../physfn
+Date: March 2009
+Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+ This symbolic link appears when a device is a Virtual Function.
+ The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the
+ Physical Function this device associates with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/slots/.../module
+Date: June 2009
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver
+ module that manages the hotplug slot.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../label
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+ given name (SMBIOS type 41 string or ACPI _DSM string) of
+ the PCI device. The attribute will be created only
+ if the firmware has given a name to the PCI device.
+ ACPI _DSM string name will be given priority if the
+ system firmware provides SMBIOS type 41 string also.
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+ firmware assigned name of the PCI device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+ given instance (SMBIOS type 41 device type instance) of the
+ PCI device. The attribute will be created only if the firmware
+ has given an instance number to the PCI device.
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+ firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI
+ device that can help in understanding the firmware
+ intended order of the PCI device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../acpi_index
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+ given instance (ACPI _DSM instance number) of the PCI device.
+ The attribute will be created only if the firmware has given
+ an instance number to the PCI device. ACPI _DSM instance number
+ will be given priority if the system firmware provides SMBIOS
+ type 41 device type instance also.
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+ firmware assigned instance number of the PCI
+ device that can help in understanding the firmware
+ intended order of the PCI device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../d3cold_allowed
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
+Description:
+ d3cold_allowed is bit to control whether the corresponding PCI
+ device can be put into D3Cold state. If it is cleared, the
+ device will never be put into D3Cold state. If it is set, the
+ device may be put into D3Cold state if other requirements are
+ satisfied too. Reading this attribute will show the current
+ value of d3cold_allowed bit. Writing this attribute will set
+ the value of d3cold_allowed bit.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_totalvfs
+Date: November 2012
+Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV.
+ Userspace applications can read this file to determine the
+ maximum number of Virtual Functions (VFs) a PCIe physical
+ function (PF) can support. Typically, this is the value reported
+ in the PF's SR-IOV extended capability structure's TotalVFs
+ element. Drivers have the ability at probe time to reduce the
+ value read from this file via the pci_sriov_set_totalvfs()
+ function.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_numvfs
+Date: November 2012
+Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV.
+ Userspace applications can read and write to this file to
+ determine and control the enablement or disablement of Virtual
+ Functions (VFs) on the physical function (PF). A read of this
+ file will return the number of VFs that are enabled on this PF.
+ A number written to this file will enable the specified
+ number of VFs. A userspace application would typically read the
+ file and check that the value is zero, and then write the number
+ of VFs that should be enabled on the PF; the value written
+ should be less than or equal to the value in the sriov_totalvfs
+ file. A userspace application wanting to disable the VFs would
+ write a zero to this file. The core ensures that valid values
+ are written to this file, and returns errors when values are not
+ valid. For example, writing a 2 to this file when sriov_numvfs
+ is not 0 and not 2 already will return an error. Writing a 10
+ when the value of sriov_totalvfs is 8 will return an error.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../driver_override
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which
+ will override standard static and dynamic ID matching. When
+ specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written
+ to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the
+ device. The override is specified by writing a string to the
+ driver_override file (echo pci-stub > driver_override) and
+ may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override).
+ This returns the device to standard matching rules binding.
+ Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the
+ device from its current driver or make any attempt to
+ automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a
+ matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device
+ will not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to
+ opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as
+ "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override,
+ there is no support for parsing delimiters.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../numa_node
+Date: Oct 2014
+Contact: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the NUMA node to which the PCI device is
+ attached, or -1 if the node is unknown. The initial value
+ comes from an ACPI _PXM method or a similar firmware
+ source. If that is missing or incorrect, this file can be
+ written to override the node. In that case, please report
+ a firmware bug to the system vendor. Writing to this file
+ taints the kernel with TAINT_FIRMWARE_WORKAROUND, which
+ reduces the supportability of your system.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53d99ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/model
+Date: March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 model for logical drive
+ Y of controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/rev
+Date: March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 revision for logical
+ drive Y of controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/unique_id
+Date: March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 83 serial number for logical
+ drive Y of controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/vendor
+Date: March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 vendor for logical drive
+ Y of controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/block:cciss!cXdY
+Date: March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: A symbolic link to /sys/block/cciss!cXdY
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/rescan
+Date: August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Kicks of a rescan of the controller to discover logical
+ drive topology changes.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/lunid
+Date: August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the 8-byte LUN ID used to address logical
+ drive Y of controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/raid_level
+Date: August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the RAID level of logical drive Y of
+ controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/usage_count
+Date: August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y
+ of controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/resettable
+Date: February 2011
+Kernel Version: 2.6.38
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Value of 1 indicates the controller can honor the reset_devices
+ kernel parameter. Value of 0 indicates reset_devices cannot be
+ honored. This is to allow, for example, kexec tools to be able
+ to warn the user if they designate an unresettable device as
+ a dump device, as kdump requires resetting the device in order
+ to work reliably.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/transport_mode
+Date: July 2011
+Kernel Version: 3.0
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Value of "simple" indicates that the controller has been placed
+ in "simple mode". Value of "performant" indicates that the
+ controller has been placed in "performant mode".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60c60fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ehci_hcd/.../companion
+ /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbN/../companion
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.21
+Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+ PCI-based EHCI USB controllers (i.e., high-speed USB-2.0
+ controllers) are often implemented along with a set of
+ "companion" full/low-speed USB-1.1 controllers. When a
+ high-speed device is plugged in, the connection is routed
+ to the EHCI controller; when a full- or low-speed device
+ is plugged in, the connection is routed to the companion
+ controller.
+
+ Sometimes you want to force a high-speed device to connect
+ at full speed, which can be accomplished by forcing the
+ connection to be routed to the companion controller.
+ That's what this file does. Writing a port number to the
+ file causes connections on that port to be routed to the
+ companion controller, and writing the negative of a port
+ number returns the port to normal operation.
+
+ For example: To force the high-speed device attached to
+ port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed:
+
+ echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
+
+ To return the port to high-speed operation:
+
+ echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
+
+ Reading the file gives the list of ports currently forced
+ to the companion controller.
+
+ Note: Some EHCI controllers do not have companions; they
+ may contain an internal "transaction translator" or they
+ may be attached directly to a "rate-matching hub". This
+ mechanism will not work with such controllers. Also, it
+ cannot be used to force a port on a high-speed hub to
+ connect at full speed.
+
+ Note: When this file was first added, it appeared in a
+ different sysfs directory. The location given above is
+ correct for 2.6.35 (and probably several earlier kernel
+ versions as well).
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d08f28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/janz-cmodio/.../modulbus_number
+Date: May 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Ira W. Snyder <ira.snyder@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Value representing the HEX switch S2 of the janz carrier board CMOD-IO or CAN-PCI2
+
+ Read-only: value of the configuration switch (0..15)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5172a61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../driver_override
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which
+ will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching.
+ When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value
+ written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind
+ to the device. The override is specified by writing a string
+ to the driver_override file (echo vfio-platform > \
+ driver_override) and may be cleared with an empty string
+ (echo > driver_override). This returns the device to standard
+ matching rules binding. Writing to driver_override does not
+ automatically unbind the device from its current driver or make
+ any attempt to automatically load the specified driver. If no
+ driver with a matching name is currently loaded in the kernel,
+ the device will not bind to any driver. This also allows
+ devices to opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override
+ name such as "none". Only a single driver may be specified in
+ the override, there is no support for parsing delimiters.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ddd680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@newdream.net>,
+ Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+
+Being used for adding and removing rbd block devices.
+
+Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [snap name]
+
+ $ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add
+
+The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image read/write. A <dev-id>
+will be assigned for any registered block device. If snapshot is used, it will
+be mapped read-only.
+
+Removal of a device:
+
+ $ echo <dev-id> > /sys/bus/rbd/remove
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major
+Date: December 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.14
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
+Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major
+ parameter set to true.
+ Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/add. If present,
+ should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use
+ /sys/bus/rbd/add if /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major is
+ available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons.
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major
+Date: December 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.14
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
+Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major
+ parameter set to true.
+ Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/remove. If present,
+ should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use
+ /sys/bus/rbd/remove if /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major is
+ available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons.
+
+Entries under /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/
+--------------------------------------------
+
+client_id
+
+ The ceph unique client id that was assigned for this specific session.
+
+features
+
+ A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits for this image.
+
+major
+
+ The block device major number.
+
+minor
+
+ The block device minor number. (December 2013, since 3.14.)
+
+name
+
+ The name of the rbd image.
+
+image_id
+
+ The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd image format 1
+ this is empty.)
+
+pool
+
+ The name of the storage pool where this rbd image resides.
+ An rbd image name is unique within its pool.
+
+pool_id
+
+ The unique identifier for the rbd image's pool. This is
+ a permanent attribute of the pool. A pool's id will never
+ change.
+
+size
+
+ The size (in bytes) of the mapped block device.
+
+refresh
+
+ Writing to this file will reread the image header data and set
+ all relevant datastructures accordingly.
+
+current_snap
+
+ The current snapshot for which the device is mapped.
+
+parent
+
+ Information identifying the chain of parent images in a layered rbd
+ image. Entries are separated by empty lines.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..189e419
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description:
+ Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+ processor. Channels are identified with a (textual) name,
+ which is maximum 32 bytes long (defined as RPMSG_NAME_SIZE in
+ rpmsg.h).
+
+ This sysfs entry contains the name of this channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../src
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description:
+ Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+ processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address,
+ and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity
+ starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with
+ a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when
+ inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core
+ dispatches them to the listening entity (a kernel driver).
+
+ This sysfs entry contains the src (local) rpmsg address
+ of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address
+ wasn't assigned (can happen if no driver exists for this
+ channel).
+
+What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../dst
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description:
+ Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+ processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address,
+ and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity
+ starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with
+ a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when
+ inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core
+ dispatches them to the listening entity.
+
+ This sysfs entry contains the dst (remote) rpmsg address
+ of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address
+ wasn't assigned (can happen if the kernel driver that
+ is attached to this channel is exposing a service to the
+ remote processor. This make it a local rpmsg server,
+ and it is listening for inbound messages that may be sent
+ from any remote rpmsg client; it is not bound to a single
+ remote entity).
+
+What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../announce
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description:
+ Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+ processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see
+ /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local
+ ("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg
+ address.
+
+ A channel is first created when an entity, whether local
+ or remote, starts listening on it for messages (and is thus
+ called an rpmsg server).
+
+ When that happens, a "name service" announcement is sent
+ to the other processor, in order to let it know about the
+ creation of the channel (this way remote clients know they
+ can start sending messages).
+
+ This sysfs entry tells us whether the channel is a local
+ server channel that is announced (values are either
+ true or false).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..948fec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What: /sys/bus/umc/
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The Wireless Host Controller Interface (WHCI)
+ specification describes a PCI-based device with
+ multiple capabilities; the UWB Multi-interface
+ Controller (UMC).
+
+ The umc bus presents each of the individual
+ capabilties as a device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../capability_id
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The ID of this capability, with 0 being the radio
+ controller capability.
+
+What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../version
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The specification version this capability's hardware
+ interface complies with.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..136ba17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/INTERFACE/authorized
+Date: August 2015
+Description:
+ This allows to authorize (1) or deauthorize (0)
+ individual interfaces instead a whole device
+ in contrast to the device authorization.
+ If a deauthorized interface will be authorized
+ so the driver probing must be triggered manually
+ by writing INTERFACE to /sys/bus/usb/drivers_probe
+ This allows to avoid side-effects with drivers
+ that need multiple interfaces.
+ A deauthorized interface cannot be probed or claimed.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/interface_authorized_default
+Date: August 2015
+Description:
+ This is used as value that determines if interfaces
+ would be authorized by default.
+ The value can be 1 or 0. It's by default 1.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Authorized devices are available for use by device
+ drivers, non-authorized one are not. By default, wired
+ USB devices are authorized.
+
+ Certified Wireless USB devices are not authorized
+ initially and should be (by writing 1) after the
+ device has been authenticated.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_cdid
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+ A devices's CDID, as 16 space-separated hex octets.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_ck
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+ Write the device's connection key (CK) to start the
+ authentication of the device. The CK is 16
+ space-separated hex octets.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_disconnect
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+ Write a 1 to force the device to disconnect
+ (equivalent to unplugging a wired USB device).
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id
+Date: October 2011
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to
+ dynamically add a new device ID to a USB device driver.
+ This may allow the driver to support more hardware than
+ was included in the driver's static device ID support
+ table at compile time. The format for the device ID is:
+ idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass RefIdVendor RefIdProduct
+ The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the
+ rest is optional. The Ref* tuple can be used to tell the
+ driver to use the same driver_data for the new device as
+ it is used for the reference device.
+ Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
+ for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+
+ Here add a new device (0458:7045) using driver_data from
+ an already supported device (0458:704c):
+ # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+
+ Reading from this file will list all dynamically added
+ device IDs in the same format, with one entry per
+ line. For example:
+ # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+ 8086 10f5
+ dead beef 06
+ f00d cafe
+
+ The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to
+ sysfs restrictions.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/.../new_id
+Date: October 2011
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ For serial USB drivers, this attribute appears under the
+ extra bus folder "usb-serial" in sysfs; apart from that
+ difference, all descriptions from the entry
+ "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" apply.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../remove_id
+Date: November 2009
+Contact: CHENG Renquan <rqcheng@smu.edu.sg>
+Description:
+ Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
+ that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
+ The format for the device ID is:
+ idVendor idProduct. After successfully
+ removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
+ device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
+ match the driver to the device. For example:
+ # echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id
+
+ Reading from this file will list the dynamically added
+ device IDs, exactly like reading from the entry
+ "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id"
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_hardware_lpm
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com>
+Description:
+ If CONFIG_PM is set and a USB 2.0 lpm-capable device is plugged
+ in to a xHCI host which support link PM, it will perform a LPM
+ test; if the test is passed and host supports USB2 hardware LPM
+ (xHCI 1.0 feature), USB2 hardware LPM will be enabled for the
+ device and the USB device directory will contain a file named
+ power/usb2_hardware_lpm. The file holds a string value (enable
+ or disable) indicating whether or not USB2 hardware LPM is
+ enabled for the device. Developer can write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to
+ the file to enable/disable the feature.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u1
+ /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u2
+Date: November 2015
+Contact: Kevin Strasser <kevin.strasser@linux.intel.com>
+ Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ If CONFIG_PM is set and a USB 3.0 lpm-capable device is plugged
+ in to a xHCI host which supports link PM, it will check if U1
+ and U2 exit latencies have been set in the BOS descriptor; if
+ the check is passed and the host supports USB3 hardware LPM,
+ USB3 hardware LPM will be enabled for the device and the USB
+ device directory will contain two files named
+ power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u1 and power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u2. These
+ files hold a string value (enable or disable) indicating whether
+ or not USB3 hardware LPM U1 or U2 is enabled for the device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../removable
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ Some information about whether a given USB device is
+ physically fixed to the platform can be inferred from a
+ combination of hub descriptor bits and platform-specific data
+ such as ACPI. This file will read either "removable" or
+ "fixed" if the information is available, and "unknown"
+ otherwise.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../ltm_capable
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ USB 3.0 devices may optionally support Latency Tolerance
+ Messaging (LTM). They indicate their support by setting a bit
+ in the bmAttributes field of their SuperSpeed BOS descriptors.
+ If that bit is set for the device, ltm_capable will read "yes".
+ If the device doesn't support LTM, the file will read "no".
+ The file will be present for all speeds of USB devices, and will
+ always read "no" for USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 devices.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+ is usb port device's sysfs directory.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/connect_type
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI.
+ This attribute is to expose these information to user space.
+ The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the
+ information is available, and "unknown" otherwise.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_l1_timeout
+Date: May 2013
+Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ USB 2.0 devices may support hardware link power management (LPM)
+ L1 sleep state. The usb2_lpm_l1_timeout attribute allows
+ tuning the timeout for L1 inactivity timer (LPM timer), e.g.
+ needed inactivity time before host requests the device to go to L1 sleep.
+ Useful for power management tuning.
+ Supported values are 0 - 65535 microseconds.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_besl
+Date: May 2013
+Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ USB 2.0 devices that support hardware link power management (LPM)
+ L1 sleep state now use a best effort service latency value (BESL) to
+ indicate the best effort to resumption of service to the device after the
+ initiation of the resume event.
+ If the device does not have a preferred besl value then the host can select
+ one instead. This usb2_lpm_besl attribute allows to tune the host selected besl
+ value in order to tune power saving and service latency.
+
+ Supported values are 0 - 15.
+ More information on how besl values map to microseconds can be found in
+ USB 2.0 ECN Errata for Link Power Management, section 4.10)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70d00df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../powered
+Date: August 2008
+Kernel Version: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: Controls whether the device's display will powered.
+ A value of 0 is off and a non-zero value is on.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_msb
+Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_lsb
+Date: August 2008
+Kernel Version: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: Controls the devices display mode.
+ For a 6 character display the values are
+ MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and
+ for an 8 character display the values are
+ MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode
+Date: August 2008
+Kernel Version: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: Controls the way the device interprets its text buffer.
+ raw: each character controls its segment manually
+ hex: each character is between 0-15
+ ascii: each character is between '0'-'9' and 'A'-'F'.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../text
+Date: August 2008
+Kernel Version: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: The text (or data) for the device to display
+
+Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../decimals
+Date: August 2008
+Kernel Version: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: Controls the decimal places on the device.
+ To set the nth decimal place, give this field
+ the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has
+ the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set,
+ to set the mth place (where m is not already set),
+ change this fields value to k + 10 ** m.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5151290
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+Link Layer Validation Device is a standard device for testing of Super
+Speed Link Layer tests. These nodes are available in sysfs only when lvs
+driver is bound with root hub device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../get_dev_desc
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Write to this node to issue "Get Device Descriptor"
+ for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.06.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u1_timeout
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set "U1 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer
+ Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0
+ and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u2_timeout
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set "U2 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer
+ Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0
+ and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../hot_reset
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Write to this node to issue "Reset" for Link Layer Validation
+ device. It is needed for TD.7.29, TD.7.31, TD.7.34 and TD.7.35.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_entry
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Write to this node to issue "U3 entry" for Link Layer
+ Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.35 and TD.7.36.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_exit
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Write to this node to issue "U3 exit" for Link Layer
+ Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.36.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..716cffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+What: /sys/class/c2port/
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/ directory will contain files and
+ directories that will provide a unified interface to
+ the C2 port interface.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/ directory is related to X-th
+ C2 port into the system. Each directory will contain files to
+ manage and control its C2 port.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access file enable the access
+ to the C2 port from the system. No commands can be sent
+ till this entry is set to 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id file show the device ID
+ of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access file enable the
+ access to the on-board flash of the connected micro.
+ No commands can be sent till this entry is set to 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size file show
+ the on-board flash block size of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num file show
+ the on-board flash blocks number of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data file export
+ the content of the on-board flash of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file execute
+ the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected
+ micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file show the
+ on-board flash size of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset file execute a "reset"
+ command on the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id file show the revision ID
+ of the connected micro.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df0f782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency
+Date: March 2012
+contact: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency only exists
+ when the user sets cfq to /sys/block/<device>/scheduler.
+ It contains an estimated latency time for the cfq. cfq will
+ use it to calculate the time slice used for every task.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..676530f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/class/
+Date: Febuary 2006
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of
+ subdirectories describing individual classes of devices
+ in the kernel. The individual directories will consist
+ of either subdirectories, or symlinks to other
+ directories.
+
+ All programs that use this directory tree must be able
+ to handle both subdirectories or symlinks in order to
+ work properly.
+
+Users:
+ udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33e6488
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_max
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+Description:
+ Control the maximum brightness for <ambient light zone>
+ on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127. This file
+ will also show the brightness level stored for this
+ <ambient light zone>.
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_dim
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_dim
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_dim
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_dim
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_dim
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+Description:
+ Control the dim brightness for <ambient light zone>
+ on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127, typically
+ set to 0. Full off when the backlight is disabled.
+ This file will also show the dim brightness level stored for
+ this <ambient light zone>.
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+Description:
+ Get conversion value of the light sensor.
+ This value is updated every 80 ms (when the light sensor
+ is enabled). Returns integer between 0 (dark) and
+ 8000 (max ambient brightness)
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+Description:
+ Get/Set current ambient light zone. Reading returns
+ integer between 1..5 (1 = daylight, 2 = bright, ..., 5 = dark).
+ Writing a value between 1..5 forces the backlight controller
+ to enter the corresponding ambient light zone.
+ Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level
+ operation. The ambient light sensing feature on these devices
+ is an extension to the API documented in
+ Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight.
+ It can be enabled by writing the value stored in
+ /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to
+ /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77cf7ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_channel
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get the ALS output channel used as input in
+ ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where
+
+ 0 - out_current0 (backlight 0)
+ 1 - out_current1 (backlight 1)
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_en
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1).
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/id
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get the id of this backlight (0, 1).
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/linear
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where
+
+ 0 - exponential mode
+ 1 - linear mode
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/pwm
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where
+
+ bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
+ bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
+ bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
+ bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
+ bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
+ bit 0 - PWM-input enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d773d56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
+Date: January 2008
+Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
+Description:
+
+Provide a place in sysfs for the backing_dev_info object. This allows
+setting and retrieving various BDI specific variables.
+
+The <bdi> identifier can be either of the following:
+
+MAJOR:MINOR
+
+ Device number for block devices, or value of st_dev on
+ non-block filesystems which provide their own BDI, such as NFS
+ and FUSE.
+
+MAJOR:MINOR-fuseblk
+
+ Value of st_dev on fuseblk filesystems.
+
+default
+
+ The default backing dev, used for non-block device backed
+ filesystems which do not provide their own BDI.
+
+Files under /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
+---------------------------------
+
+read_ahead_kb (read-write)
+
+ Size of the read-ahead window in kilobytes
+
+min_ratio (read-write)
+
+ Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the
+ total write-back cache that relates to its current average
+ writeout speed in relation to the other devices.
+
+ The 'min_ratio' parameter allows assigning a minimum
+ percentage of the write-back cache to a particular device.
+ For example, this is useful for providing a minimum QoS.
+
+max_ratio (read-write)
+
+ Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the
+ given percentage of the write-back cache. This is useful in
+ situations where we want to avoid one device taking all or
+ most of the write-back cache. For example in case of an NFS
+ mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot
+ be trusted to play fair.
+
+stable_pages_required (read-only)
+
+ If set, the backing device requires that all pages comprising a write
+ request must not be changed until writeout is complete.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b07e86d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+Note: Attributes that are shared between devices are stored in the directory
+pointed to by the symlink device/.
+Example: The real path of the attribute /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/irqs_max is
+/sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/device/irqs_max, i.e. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/irqs_max.
+
+
+Slave contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s):
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/afu_err_buf
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ AFU Error Buffer contents. The contents of this file are
+ application specific and depends on the AFU being used.
+ Applications interacting with the AFU can use this attribute
+ to know about the current error condition and take appropriate
+ action like logging the event etc.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_max
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ Decimal value of maximum number of interrupts that can be
+ requested by userspace. The default on probe is the maximum
+ that hardware can support (eg. 2037). Write values will limit
+ userspace applications to that many userspace interrupts. Must
+ be >= irqs_min.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_min
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the minimum number of interrupts that
+ userspace must request on a CXL_START_WORK ioctl. Userspace may
+ omit the num_interrupts field in the START_WORK IOCTL to get
+ this minimum automatically.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mmio_size
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped
+ by userspace.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/modes_supported
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ List of the modes this AFU supports. One per line.
+ Valid entries are: "dedicated_process" and "afu_directed"
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mode
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ The current mode the AFU is using. Will be one of the modes
+ given in modes_supported. Writing will change the mode
+ provided that no user contexts are attached.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/prefault_mode
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ Set the mode for prefaulting in segments into the segment table
+ when performing the START_WORK ioctl. Possible values:
+ none: No prefaulting (default)
+ work_element_descriptor: Treat the work element
+ descriptor as an effective address and
+ prefault what it points to.
+ all: all segments process calling START_WORK maps.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/reset
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: write only
+ Writing 1 here will reset the AFU provided there are not
+ contexts active on the AFU.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the current version of the kernel/user API.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version_compatible
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the the lowest version of the userspace API
+ this this kernel supports.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+
+AFU configuration records (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/cr0):
+
+An AFU may optionally export one or more PCIe like configuration records, known
+as AFU configuration records, which will show up here (if present).
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/vendor
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Hexadecimal value of the vendor ID found in this AFU
+ configuration record.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/device
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Hexadecimal value of the device ID found in this AFU
+ configuration record.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/class
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Hexadecimal value of the class code found in this AFU
+ configuration record.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/config
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ This binary file provides raw access to the AFU configuration
+ record. The format is expected to match the either the standard
+ or extended configuration space defined by the PCIe
+ specification.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+
+
+Master contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0m)
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/mmio_size
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped
+ by userspace. This includes all slave contexts space also.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_len
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space length.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_off
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space offset.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+
+Card info (eg. /sys/class/cxl/card0)
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/caia_version
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Identifies the CAIA Version the card implements.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_revision
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Identifies the revision level of the PSL.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/base_image
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Identifies the revision level of the base image for devices
+ that support loadable PSLs. For FPGAs this field identifies
+ the image contained in the on-adapter flash which is loaded
+ during the initial program load.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/image_loaded
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Will return "user" or "factory" depending on the image loaded
+ onto the card.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/load_image_on_perst
+Date: December 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ Valid entries are "none", "user", and "factory".
+ "none" means PERST will not cause image to be loaded to the
+ card. A power cycle is required to load the image.
+ "none" could be useful for debugging because the trace arrays
+ are preserved.
+ "user" and "factory" means PERST will cause either the user or
+ user or factory image to be loaded.
+ Default is to reload on PERST whichever image the card has
+ loaded.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/reset
+Date: October 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: write only
+ Writing 1 will issue a PERST to card which may cause the card
+ to reload the FPGA depending on load_image_on_perst.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/perst_reloads_same_image
+Date: July 2015
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ Trust that when an image is reloaded via PERST, it will not
+ have changed.
+ 0 = don't trust, the image may be different (default)
+ 1 = trust that the image will not change.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee39aca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Provide a place in sysfs for the devfreq objects.
+ This allows accessing various devfreq specific variables.
+ The name of devfreq object denoted as ... is same as the
+ name of device using devfreq.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor show or set the name of the
+ governor used by the corresponding devfreq object.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq shows the current
+ frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. Same as
+ target_freq when get_cur_freq() is not implemented by
+ devfreq driver.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq
+Date: September 2012
+Contact: Rajagopal Venkat <rajagopal.venkat@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq shows the next governor
+ predicted target frequency of the corresponding devfreq object.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval shows and sets
+ the requested polling interval of the corresponding devfreq
+ object. The values are represented in ms. If the value is
+ less than 1 jiffy, it is considered to be 0, which means
+ no polling. This value is meaningless if the governor is
+ not polling; thus. If the governor is not using
+ devfreq-provided central polling
+ (/sys/class/devfreq/.../central_polling is 0), this value
+ may be useless.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Descrtiption:
+ This ABI shows the statistics of devfreq behavior on a
+ specific device. It shows the time spent in each state and
+ the number of transitions between states.
+ In order to activate this ABI, the devfreq target device
+ driver should provide the list of available frequencies
+ with its profile.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq shows and
+ sets the requested frequency for the devfreq object if
+ userspace governor is in effect.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies shows
+ the available frequencies of the corresponding devfreq object.
+ This is a snapshot of available frequencies and not limited
+ by the min/max frequency restrictions.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors shows
+ currently available governors in the system.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq shows and stores
+ the minimum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if
+ the user does not care. min_freq overrides the
+ frequency requested by governors.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq shows and stores
+ the maximum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if
+ the user does not care. max_freq overrides the
+ frequency requested by governors and min_freq.
+ The max_freq overrides min_freq because max_freq may be
+ used to throttle devices to avoid overheating.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57a7262
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+What: /sys/class/extcon/.../
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Provide a place in sysfs for the extcon objects.
+ This allows accessing extcon specific variables.
+ The name of extcon object denoted as ... is the name given
+ with extcon_dev_register.
+
+ One extcon device denotes a single external connector
+ port. An external connector may have multiple cables
+ attached simultaneously. Many of docks, cradles, and
+ accessory cables have such capability. For example,
+ the 30-pin port of Nuri board (/arch/arm/mach-exynos)
+ may have both HDMI and Charger attached, or analog audio,
+ video, and USB cables attached simultaneously.
+
+ If there are cables mutually exclusive with each other,
+ such binary relations may be expressed with extcon_dev's
+ mutually_exclusive array.
+
+What: /sys/class/extcon/.../name
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/extcon/.../name shows the name of the extcon
+ object. If the extcon object has an optional callback
+ "show_name" defined, the callback will provide the name with
+ this sysfs node.
+
+What: /sys/class/extcon/.../state
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/extcon/.../state shows and stores the cable
+ attach/detach information of the corresponding extcon object.
+ If the extcon object has an optional callback "show_state"
+ defined, the showing function is overridden with the optional
+ callback.
+
+ If the default callback for showing function is used, the
+ format is like this:
+ # cat state
+ USB_OTG=1
+ HDMI=0
+ TA=1
+ EAR_JACK=0
+ #
+ In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA
+ cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached.
+
+ In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex
+ state number starting with 0x:
+ # echo 0xHEX > state
+
+ This updates the whole state of the extcon device.
+ Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the
+ mutually_exclusive conditions if they exist.
+
+ It is recommended to use this "global" state interface if
+ you need to set the value atomically. The later state
+ interface associated with each cable cannot update
+ multiple cable states of an extcon device simultaneously.
+
+What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name shows the name of cable
+ "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon device.
+
+What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state shows and stores the
+ state of cable "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon
+ device. The state value is either 0 (detached) or 1
+ (attached).
+
+What: /sys/class/extcon/.../mutually_exclusive/...
+Date: December 2011
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example,
+ if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is
+ {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is:
+ # ls mutually_exclusive/
+ 0x3
+ 0x5
+ 0xc
+ #
+
+ Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon
+ device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive
+ directory show the mutually-exclusive sets, not the contents
+ of the files.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23056c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/name
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com>
+Description: Name of low level fpga manager driver.
+
+What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/state
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com>
+Description: Read fpga manager state as a string.
+ The intent is to provide enough detail that if something goes
+ wrong during FPGA programming (something that the driver can't
+ fix) then userspace can know, i.e. if the firmware request
+ fails, that could be due to not being able to find the firmware
+ file.
+
+ This is a superset of FPGA states and fpga manager driver
+ states. The fpga manager driver is walking through these steps
+ to get the FPGA into a known operating state. It's a sequence,
+ though some steps may get skipped. Valid FPGA states will vary
+ by manufacturer; this is a superset.
+
+ * unknown = can't determine state
+ * power off = FPGA power is off
+ * power up = FPGA reports power is up
+ * reset = FPGA held in reset state
+ * firmware request = firmware class request in progress
+ * firmware request error = firmware request failed
+ * write init = preparing FPGA for programming
+ * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for
+ programming
+ * write = FPGA ready to receive image data
+ * write error = Error while programming
+ * write complete = Doing post programming steps
+ * write complete error = Error while doing post programming
+ * operating = FPGA is programmed and operating
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d0a1b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/devices/
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ IOMMU drivers are able to link devices managed by a
+ given IOMMU here to allow association of IOMMU to
+ device.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../iommu
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ IOMMU drivers are able to link the IOMMU for a
+ given device here to allow association of device to
+ IOMMU.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6ba8e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/amd-iommu/cap
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ IOMMU capability header as documented in the AMD IOMMU
+ specification. Format: %x
+
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/amd-iommu/features
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ Extended features of the IOMMU. Format: %llx
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..258cc24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/address
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ Physical address of the VT-d DRHD for this IOMMU.
+ Format: %llx. This allows association of a sysfs
+ intel-iommu with a DMAR DRHD table entry.
+
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/cap
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The cached hardware capability register value
+ of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx.
+
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/ecap
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The cached hardware extended capability register
+ value of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx.
+
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/version
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The architecture version as reported from the
+ VT-d VER_REG. Format: %d:%d, major:minor
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35906bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/lcd_power
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Control LCD power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h
+ - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on.
+ - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off
+
+What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/contrast
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Current contrast of this LCD device. Value is between 0 and
+ /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast.
+
+What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Maximum contrast for this LCD device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3646ec8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Set the brightness of the LED. Most LEDs don't
+ have hardware brightness support so will just be turned on for
+ non-zero brightness settings. The value is between 0 and
+ /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Maximum brightness level for this led, default is 255 (LED_FULL).
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/trigger
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source
+ of led events.
+ You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO
+ scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in
+ /sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/inverted
+Date: January 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Invert the LED on/off state. This parameter is specific to
+ gpio and backlight triggers. In case of the backlight trigger,
+ it is useful when driving a LED which is intended to indicate
+ a device in a standby like state.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..620ebb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_channel
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the ALS output channel to use as input in
+ ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where
+
+ 1 - out_current1
+ 2 - out_current2
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_en
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1).
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/falltime
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/risetime
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where
+
+ 0 - 2048 us
+ 1 - 262 ms
+ 2 - 524 ms
+ 3 - 1.049 s
+ 4 - 2.097 s
+ 5 - 4.194 s
+ 6 - 8.389 s
+ 7 - 16.78 s
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/id
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get the id of this led (0..3).
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/linear
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where
+
+ 0 - exponential mode
+ 1 - linear mode
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pwm
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where
+
+ bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
+ bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
+ bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
+ bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
+ bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
+ bit 0 - PWM-input enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..220a027
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_brightness
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description: read/write
+ Set the brightness of this LED in the flash strobe mode, in
+ microamperes. The file is created only for the flash LED devices
+ that support setting flash brightness.
+
+ The value is between 0 and
+ /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description: read only
+ Maximum brightness level for this LED in the flash strobe mode,
+ in microamperes.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_timeout
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description: read/write
+ Hardware timeout for flash, in microseconds. The flash strobe
+ is stopped after this period of time has passed from the start
+ of the strobe. The file is created only for the flash LED
+ devices that support setting flash timeout.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_timeout
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description: read only
+ Maximum flash timeout for this LED, in microseconds.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_strobe
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description: read/write
+ Flash strobe state. When written with 1 it triggers flash strobe
+ and when written with 0 it turns the flash off.
+
+ On read 1 means that flash is currently strobing and 0 means
+ that flash is off.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_fault
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description: read only
+ Space separated list of flash faults that may have occurred.
+ Flash faults are re-read after strobing the flash. Possible
+ flash faults:
+
+ * led-over-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash LED
+ has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller
+ * flash-timeout-exceeded - the flash strobe was still on when
+ the timeout set by the user has expired; not all flash
+ controllers may set this in all such conditions
+ * controller-over-temperature - the flash controller has
+ overheated
+ * controller-short-circuit - the short circuit protection
+ of the flash controller has been triggered
+ * led-power-supply-over-current - current in the LED power
+ supply has exceeded the limit specific to the flash
+ controller
+ * indicator-led-fault - the flash controller has detected
+ a short or open circuit condition on the indicator LED
+ * led-under-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash
+ LED has been below the minimum limit specific to
+ the flash
+ * controller-under-voltage - the input voltage of the flash
+ controller is below the limit under which strobing the
+ flash at full current will not be possible;
+ the condition persists until this flag is no longer set
+ * led-over-temperature - the temperature of the LED has exceeded
+ its allowed upper limit
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4fae60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/gt683r/mode
+Date: Jun 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Janne Kanniainen <janne.kanniainen@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the mode of LEDs. You should notice that changing the mode
+ of one LED will update the mode of its two sibling devices as
+ well.
+
+ 0 - normal
+ 1 - audio
+ 2 - breathing
+
+ Normal: LEDs are fully on when enabled
+ Audio: LEDs brightness depends on sound level
+ Breathing: LEDs brightness varies at human breathing rate
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80d9888
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /sys/class/mei/
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The mei/ class sub-directory belongs to mei device class
+
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/mei/meiN directory is created for
+ each probed mei device
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/fw_status
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Display fw status registers content
+
+ The ME FW writes its status information into fw status
+ registers for BIOS and OS to monitor fw health.
+
+ The register contains running state, power management
+ state, error codes, and others. The way the registers
+ are decoded depends on PCH or SoC generation.
+ Also number of registers varies between 1 and 6
+ depending on generation.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d45eed2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+What: /sys/class/mic/
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The mic class directory belongs to Intel MIC devices and
+ provides information per MIC device. An Intel MIC device is a
+ PCIe form factor add-in Coprocessor card based on the Intel Many
+ Integrated Core (MIC) architecture that runs a Linux OS.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The directories /sys/class/mic/mic0, /sys/class/mic/mic1 etc.,
+ represent MIC devices (0,1,..etc). Each directory has
+ information specific to that MIC device.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/family
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Provides information about the Coprocessor family for an Intel
+ MIC device. For example - "x100"
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/stepping
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Provides information about the silicon stepping for an Intel
+ MIC device. For example - "A0" or "B0"
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/state
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ When read, this entry provides the current state of an Intel
+ MIC device in the context of the card OS. Possible values that
+ will be read are:
+ "ready" - The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS. On
+ reading this entry after an OSPM resume, a "boot" has to be
+ written to this entry if the card was previously shutdown
+ during OSPM suspend.
+ "booting" - The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS.
+ "online" - The MIC device has completed boot and is online
+ "shutting_down" - The card OS is shutting down.
+ "resetting" - A reset has been initiated for the MIC device
+ "reset_failed" - The MIC device has failed to reset.
+
+ When written, this sysfs entry triggers different state change
+ operations depending upon the current state of the card OS.
+ Acceptable values are:
+ "boot" - Boot the card OS image specified by the combination
+ of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode
+ sysfs entries.
+ "reset" - Initiates device reset.
+ "shutdown" - Initiates card OS shutdown.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/shutdown_status
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. This
+ OS can shutdown because of various reasons. When read, this
+ entry provides the status on why the card OS was shutdown.
+ Possible values are:
+ "nop" - shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS is
+ "online"
+ "crashed" - Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash.
+ "halted" - Shutdown because of a halt command.
+ "poweroff" - Shutdown because of a poweroff command.
+ "restart" - Shutdown because of a restart command.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/cmdline
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. Before
+ booting this card OS, it is possible to pass kernel command line
+ options to configure various features in it, similar to
+ self-bootable machines. When read, this entry provides
+ information about the current kernel command line options set to
+ boot the card OS. This entry can be written to change the
+ existing kernel command line options. Typically, the user would
+ want to read the current command line options, append new ones
+ or modify existing ones and then write the whole kernel command
+ line back to this entry.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/firmware
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ When read, this sysfs entry provides the path name under
+ /lib/firmware/ where the firmware image to be booted on the
+ card can be found. The entry can be written to change the
+ firmware image location under /lib/firmware/.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/ramdisk
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ When read, this sysfs entry provides the path name under
+ /lib/firmware/ where the ramdisk image to be used during card
+ OS boot can be found. The entry can be written to change
+ the ramdisk image location under /lib/firmware/.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/bootmode
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ When read, this sysfs entry provides the current bootmode for
+ the card. This sysfs entry can be written with the following
+ valid strings:
+ a) linux - Boot a Linux image.
+ b) flash - Boot an image for flash updates.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_addr
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. For
+ debugging purpose and early kernel boot messages, the user can
+ access the card OS log buffer via debugfs. When read, this entry
+ provides the kernel virtual address of the buffer where the card
+ OS log buffer can be read. This entry is written by the host
+ configuration daemon to set the log buffer address. The correct
+ log buffer address to be written can be found in the System.map
+ file of the card OS.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_len
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. For
+ debugging purpose and early kernel boot messages, the user can
+ access the card OS log buffer via debugfs. When read, this entry
+ provides the kernel virtual address where the card OS log buffer
+ length can be read. This entry is written by host configuration
+ daemon to set the log buffer length address. The correct log
+ buffer length address to be written can be found in the
+ System.map file of the card OS.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/heartbeat_enable
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.20
+Contact: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The MIC drivers detect and inform user space about card crashes
+ via a heartbeat mechanism (see the description of
+ shutdown_status above). User space can turn off this
+ notification by setting heartbeat_enable to 0 and enable it by
+ setting this entry to 1. If this notification is disabled it is
+ the responsibility of user space to detect card crashes via
+ alternative means such as a network ping. This setting is
+ enabled by default.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b5c3bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+What: /sys/class/mtd/
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The mtd/ class subdirectory belongs to the MTD subsystem
+ (MTD core).
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/mtd/mtd{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond
+ to each /dev/mtdX character device. These may represent
+ physical/simulated flash devices, partitions on a flash
+ device, or concatenated flash devices.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ These directories provide the corresponding read-only device
+ nodes for /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ .
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/dev
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+ to this MTD device (in <major>:<minor> format). This is the
+ read-write device so <minor> will be even.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/dev
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+ to the read-only variant of thie MTD device (in
+ <major>:<minor> format). In this case <minor> will be odd.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/erasesize
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ "Major" erase size for the device. If numeraseregions is
+ zero, this is the eraseblock size for the entire device.
+ Otherwise, the MEMGETREGIONCOUNT/MEMGETREGIONINFO ioctls
+ can be used to determine the actual eraseblock layout.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/flags
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ A hexadecimal value representing the device flags, ORed
+ together:
+
+ 0x0400: MTD_WRITEABLE - device is writable
+ 0x0800: MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE - single bits can be flipped
+ 0x1000: MTD_NO_ERASE - no erase necessary
+ 0x2000: MTD_POWERUP_LOCK - always locked after reset
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/name
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ A human-readable ASCII name for the device or partition.
+ This will match the name in /proc/mtd .
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/numeraseregions
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ For devices that have variable eraseblock sizes, this
+ provides the total number of erase regions. Otherwise,
+ it will read back as zero.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/oobsize
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Number of OOB bytes per page.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/size
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Total size of the device/partition, in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/type
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ One of the following ASCII strings, representing the device
+ type:
+
+ absent, ram, rom, nor, nand, mlc-nand, dataflash, ubi, unknown
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/writesize
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Minimal writable flash unit size. This will always be
+ a positive integer.
+
+ In the case of NOR flash it is 1 (even though individual
+ bits can be cleared).
+
+ In the case of NAND flash it is one NAND page (or a
+ half page, or a quarter page).
+
+ In the case of ECC NOR, it is the ECC block size.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_strength
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Maximum number of bit errors that the device is capable of
+ correcting within each region covering an ECC step (see
+ ecc_step_size). This will always be a non-negative integer.
+
+ In the case of devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bitflip_threshold
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ This allows the user to examine and adjust the criteria by which
+ mtd returns -EUCLEAN from mtd_read() and mtd_read_oob(). If the
+ maximum number of bit errors that were corrected on any single
+ region comprising an ecc step (as reported by the driver) equals
+ or exceeds this value, -EUCLEAN is returned. Otherwise, absent
+ an error, 0 is returned. Higher layers (e.g., UBI) use this
+ return code as an indication that an erase block may be
+ degrading and should be scrutinized as a candidate for being
+ marked as bad.
+
+ The initial value may be specified by the flash device driver.
+ If not, then the default value is ecc_strength.
+
+ The introduction of this feature brings a subtle change to the
+ meaning of the -EUCLEAN return code. Previously, it was
+ interpreted to mean simply "one or more bit errors were
+ corrected". Its new interpretation can be phrased as "a
+ dangerously high number of bit errors were corrected on one or
+ more regions comprising an ecc step". The precise definition of
+ "dangerously high" can be adjusted by the user with
+ bitflip_threshold. Users are discouraged from doing this,
+ however, unless they know what they are doing and have intimate
+ knowledge of the properties of their device. Broadly speaking,
+ bitflip_threshold should be low enough to detect genuine erase
+ block degradation, but high enough to avoid the consequences of
+ a persistent return value of -EUCLEAN on devices where sticky
+ bitflips occur. Note that if bitflip_threshold exceeds
+ ecc_strength, -EUCLEAN is never returned by the read operations.
+ Conversely, if bitflip_threshold is zero, -EUCLEAN is always
+ returned, absent a hard error.
+
+ This is generally applicable only to NAND flash devices with ECC
+ capability. It is ignored on devices lacking ECC capability;
+ i.e., devices for which ecc_strength is zero.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_step_size
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.10
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The size of a single region covered by ECC, known as the ECC
+ step. Devices may have several equally sized ECC steps within
+ each writesize region.
+
+ It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of
+ devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_failures
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The number of failures reported by this device's ECC. Typically,
+ these failures are associated with failed read operations.
+
+ It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of
+ devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/corrected_bits
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The number of bits that have been corrected by means of the
+ device's ECC.
+
+ It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of
+ devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bad_blocks
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The number of blocks marked as bad, if any, in this partition.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bbt_blocks
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The number of blocks that are marked as reserved, if any, in
+ this partition. These are typically used to store the in-flash
+ bad block table (BBT).
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/offset
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ For a partition, the offset of that partition from the start
+ of the master device in bytes. This attribute is absent on
+ main devices, so it can be used to distinguish between
+ partitions and devices that aren't partitions.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..668604f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/name_assign_type
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the name assignment type. Possible values are:
+ 1: enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way
+ 2: predictably named by the kernel
+ 3: named by userspace
+ 4: renamed
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_assign_type
+Date: July 2010
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the address assignment type. Possible values are:
+ 0: permanent address
+ 1: randomly generated
+ 2: stolen from another device
+ 3: set using dev_set_mac_address
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_len
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the hardware address size in bytes.
+ Values vary based on the lower-level protocol used by the
+ interface (Ethernet, FDDI, ATM, IEEE 802.15.4...). See
+ include/uapi/linux/if_*.h for actual values.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/address
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware address currently assigned to this interface.
+ Format is a string, e.g: 00:11:22:33:44:55 for an Ethernet MAC
+ address.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<bridge iface>/bridge/group_fwd_mask
+Date: January 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Bitmask to allow forwarding of link local frames with address
+ 01-80-C2-00-00-0X on a bridge device. Only values that set bits
+ not matching BR_GROUPFWD_RESTRICTED in net/bridge/br_private.h
+ allowed.
+ Default value 0 does not forward any link local frames.
+
+ Restricted bits:
+ 0: 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP
+ 1: 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE
+ 2: 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad
+
+ Any values not setting these bits can be used. Take special
+ care when forwarding control frames e.g. 802.1X-PAE or LLDP.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/broadcast
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware broadcast address for this interface. Format is a
+ string, e.g: ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff for an Ethernet broadcast MAC
+ address.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the current physical link state of the interface.
+ Posssible values are:
+ 0: physical link is down
+ 1: physical link is up
+
+ Note: some special devices, e.g: bonding and team drivers will
+ allow this attribute to be written to force a link state for
+ operating correctly and designating another fallback interface.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dev_id
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the device unique identifier. Format is an hexadecimal
+ value. This is used to disambiguate interfaces which might be
+ stacked (e.g: VLAN interfaces) but still have the same MAC
+ address as their parent device.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dormant
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the interface is in dormant state. Possible
+ values are:
+ 0: interface is not dormant
+ 1: interface is dormant
+
+ This attribute can be used by supplicant software to signal that
+ the device is not usable unless some supplicant-based
+ authentication is performed (e.g: 802.1x). 'link_mode' attribute
+ will also reflect the dormant state.
+
+What: /sys/clas/net/<iface>/duplex
+Date: October 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.33
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface latest or current duplex value. Possible
+ values are:
+ half: half duplex
+ full: full duplex
+
+ Note: This attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement
+ the ethtool get_settings method (mostly Ethernet).
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/flags
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface flags as a bitmask in hexadecimal. See
+ include/uapi/linux/if.h for a list of all possible values and
+ the flags semantics.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/ifalias
+Date: September 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.28
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates/stores an interface alias name as a string. This can
+ be used for system management purposes.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/ifindex
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier as a
+ decimal number. This attribute is used for mapping an interface
+ identifier to an interface name. It is used throughout the
+ networking stack for specifying the interface specific
+ requests/events.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/iflink
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier a
+ the interface is linked to. Format is decimal. This attribute is
+ used to resolve interfaces chaining, linking and stacking.
+ Physical interfaces have the same 'ifindex' and 'iflink' values.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/link_mode
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface link mode, as a decimal number. This
+ attribute should be used in conjunction with 'dormant' attribute
+ to determine the interface usability. Possible values:
+ 0: default link mode
+ 1: dormant link mode
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/mtu
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface currently configured MTU value, in
+ bytes, and in decimal format. Specific values depends on the
+ lower-level interface protocol used. Ethernet devices will show
+ a 'mtu' attribute value of 1500 unless changed.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/netdev_group
+Date: January 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface network device group, as a decimal
+ integer. Default value is 0 which corresponds to the initial
+ network devices group. The group can be changed to affect
+ routing decisions (see: net/ipv4/fib_rules and
+ net/ipv6/fib6_rules.c).
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/operstate
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface RFC2863 operational state as a string.
+ Possible values are:
+ "unknown", "notpresent", "down", "lowerlayerdown", "testing",
+ "dormant", "up".
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_id
+Date: July 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface unique physical port identifier within
+ the NIC, as a string.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_name
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface physical port name within the NIC,
+ as a string.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/speed
+Date: October 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.33
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface latest or current speed value. Value is
+ an integer representing the link speed in Mbits/sec.
+
+ Note: this attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement
+ the ethtool get_settings method (mostly Ethernet ).
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/tx_queue_len
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface transmit queue len in number of packets,
+ as an integer value. Value depend on the type of interface,
+ Ethernet network adapters have a default value of 1000 unless
+ configured otherwise
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/type
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface protocol type as a decimal value. See
+ include/uapi/linux/if_arp.h for all possible values.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_switch_id
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the unique physical switch identifier of a switch this
+ port belongs to, as a string.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f34a95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/iface_status
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+ Indicates the status of <iface> as it is seen by batman.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface file
+ displays the batman mesh interface this <iface>
+ currently is associated with.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cedf72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/min_tx_pkt
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ The driver will pad NCM Transfer Blocks (NTBs) longer
+ than this to tx_max, allowing the device to receive
+ tx_max sized frames with no terminating short
+ packet. NTBs shorter than this limit are transmitted
+ as-is, without any padding, and are terminated with a
+ short USB packet.
+
+ Padding to tx_max allows the driver to transmit NTBs
+ back-to-back without any interleaving short USB
+ packets. This reduces the number of short packet
+ interrupts in the device, and represents a tradeoff
+ between USB bus bandwidth and device DMA optimization.
+
+ Set to 0 to pad all frames. Set greater than tx_max to
+ disable all padding.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/rx_max
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ The maximum NTB size for RX. Cannot exceed the
+ maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at
+ least one max sized datagram plus headers.
+
+ The actual limits are device dependent. See
+ dwNtbInMaxSize.
+
+ Note: Some devices will silently ignore changes to
+ this value, resulting in oversized NTBs and
+ corresponding framing errors.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/tx_max
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ The maximum NTB size for TX. Cannot exceed the
+ maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at
+ least one max sized datagram plus headers.
+
+ The actual limits are device dependent. See
+ dwNtbOutMaxSize.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/tx_timer_usecs
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Datagram aggregation timeout in µs. The driver will
+ wait up to 3 times this timeout for more datagrams to
+ aggregate before transmitting an NTB frame.
+
+ Valid range: 5 to 4000000
+
+ Set to 0 to disable aggregation.
+
+The following read-only attributes all represent fields of the
+structure defined in section 6.2.1 "GetNtbParameters" of "Universal
+Serial Bus Communications Class Subclass Specifications for Network
+Control Model Devices" (CDC NCM), Revision 1.0 (Errata 1), November
+24, 2010 from USB Implementers Forum, Inc. The descriptions are
+quoted from table 6-3 of CDC NCM: "NTB Parameter Structure".
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/bmNtbFormatsSupported
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1)
+ Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported
+ Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host)
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbInMaxSize
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ IN NTB Maximum Size in bytes
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInDivisor
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Divisor used for IN NTB Datagram payload alignment
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInPayloadRemainder
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Remainder used to align input datagram payload within
+ the NTB: (Payload Offset) mod (wNdpInDivisor) =
+ wNdpInPayloadRemainder
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInAlignment
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ NDP alignment modulus for NTBs on the IN pipe. Shall
+ be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbOutMaxSize
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ OUT NTB Maximum Size
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutDivisor
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ OUT NTB Datagram alignment modulus
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutPayloadRemainder
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Remainder used to align output datagram payload
+ offsets within the NTB: Padding, shall be transmitted
+ as zero by function, and ignored by host. (Payload
+ Offset) mod (wNdpOutDivisor) = wNdpOutPayloadRemainder
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutAlignment
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ NDP alignment modulus for use in NTBs on the OUT
+ pipe. Shall be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNtbOutMaxDatagrams
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Maximum number of datagrams that the host may pack
+ into a single OUT NTB. Zero means that the device
+ imposes no limit.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f418c92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable0
+Date: October 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
+Description:
+ Hardware configuration of physical interface 0. This file reads
+ and writes the "Enable 0" bit of the configuration register.
+ Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP
+ core library documentation for details. The default value is 0
+ or set by the module parameter grcan.enable0 and can be read at
+ /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable0.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable1
+Date: October 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
+Description:
+ Hardware configuration of physical interface 1. This file reads
+ and writes the "Enable 1" bit of the configuration register.
+ Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP
+ core library documentation for details. The default value is 0
+ or set by the module parameter grcan.enable1 and can be read at
+ /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable1.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/select
+Date: October 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
+Description:
+ Configuration of which physical interface to be used. Possible
+ values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP core
+ library documentation for details. The default value is 0 or is
+ set by the module parameter grcan.select and can be read at
+ /sys/module/grcan/parameters/select.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdbc03a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/termination
+Date: May 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Ira W. Snyder <ira.snyder@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Value representing the can bus termination
+
+ Default: 1 (termination active)
+ Reading: get actual termination state
+ Writing: set actual termination state (0=no termination, 1=termination active)
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/fwinfo
+Date: May 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Andreas Gröger <andreas24groeger@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Firmware stamp of ican3 module
+ Read-only: 32 byte string identification of the ICAN3 module
+ (known values: "JANZ-ICAN3 ICANOS 1.xx", "JANZ-ICAN3 CAL/CANopen 1.xx")
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c464062
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/aggregated_ogms
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the batman protocol messages of the
+ mesh <mesh_iface> shall be aggregated or not.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/<vlan_subdir>/ap_isolation
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the data traffic going from a
+ wireless client to another wireless client will be
+ silently dropped. <vlan_subdir> is empty when referring
+ to the untagged lan.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bonding
+Date: June 2010
+Contact: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the data traffic going through the
+ mesh will be sent using multiple interfaces at the
+ same time (if available).
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bridge_loop_avoidance
+Date: November 2011
+Contact: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the bridge loop avoidance feature
+ is enabled. This feature detects and avoids loops
+ between the mesh and devices bridged with the soft
+ interface <mesh_iface>.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/fragmentation
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Andreas Langer <an.langer@gmx.de>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the data traffic going through the
+ mesh will be fragmented or silently discarded if the
+ packet size exceeds the outgoing interface MTU.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_bandwidth
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+ Defines the bandwidth which is propagated by this
+ node if gw_mode was set to 'server'.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_mode
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+ Defines the state of the gateway features. Can be
+ either 'off', 'client' or 'server'.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_sel_class
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+ Defines the selection criteria this node will use
+ to choose a gateway if gw_mode was set to 'client'.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/hop_penalty
+Date: Oct 2010
+Contact: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
+Description:
+ Defines the penalty which will be applied to an
+ originator message's tq-field on every hop.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/isolation_mark
+Date: Nov 2013
+Contact: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
+Description:
+ Defines the isolation mark (and its bitmask) which
+ is used to classify clients as "isolated" by the
+ Extended Isolation feature.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/multicast_mode
+Date: Feb 2014
+Contact: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether multicast optimizations are enabled
+ or disabled. If set to zero then all nodes in the
+ mesh are going to use classic flooding for any
+ multicast packet with no optimizations.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/network_coding
+Date: Nov 2012
+Contact: Martin Hundeboll <martin@hundeboll.net>
+Description:
+ Controls whether Network Coding (using some magic
+ to send fewer wifi packets but still the same
+ content) is enabled or not.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/orig_interval
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+ Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman
+ sends its protocol messages.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/routing_algo
+Date: Dec 2011
+Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+ Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance
+ uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c0df91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/rx-<queue>/rps_cpus
+Date: March 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the
+ Receive Packet Steering packet processing flow for this
+ network device queue. Possible values depend on the number
+ of available CPU(s) in the system.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/rx-<queue>/rps_flow_cnt
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Number of Receive Packet Steering flows being currently
+ processed by this particular network device receive queue.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_timeout
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of transmit timeout events seen by this
+ network interface transmit queue.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_maxrate
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A Mbps max-rate set for the queue, a value of zero means disabled,
+ default is disabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/xps_cpus
+Date: November 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the
+ Transmit Packet Steering packet processing flow for this
+ network device transmit queue. Possible vaules depend on the
+ number of available CPU(s) in the system.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/hold_time
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the hold time in milliseconds to measure the slack
+ of this particular network device transmit queue.
+ Default value is 1000.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/inflight
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of bytes (objects) in flight on this
+ network device transmit queue.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the current limit of bytes allowed to be queued
+ on this network device transmit queue. This value is clamped
+ to be within the bounds defined by limit_max and limit_min.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit_max
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the absolute maximum limit of bytes allowed to be
+ queued on this network device transmit queue. See
+ include/linux/dynamic_queue_limits.h for the default value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit_min
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the absolute minimum limit of bytes allowed to be
+ queued on this network device transmit queue. Default value is
+ 0.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..397118d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/collisions
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of collisions seen by this network device.
+ This value might not be relevant with all MAC layers.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/multicast
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of multicast packets received by this
+ network device.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_bytes
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of bytes received by this network device.
+ See the network driver for the exact meaning of when this
+ value is incremented.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_compressed
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of compressed packets received by this
+ network device. This value might only be relevant for interfaces
+ that support packet compression (e.g: PPP).
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_crc_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets received with a CRC (FCS) error
+ by this network device. Note that the specific meaning might
+ depend on the MAC layer used by the interface.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_dropped
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets received by the network device
+ but dropped, that are not forwarded to the upper layers for
+ packet processing. See the network driver for the exact
+ meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_fifo_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of receive FIFO errors seen by this
+ network device. See the network driver for the exact
+ meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_frame_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of received frames with error, such as
+ alignment errors. Note that the specific meaning depends on
+ on the MAC layer protocol used. See the network driver for
+ the exact meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_length_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of received error packet with a length
+ error, oversized or undersized. See the network driver for the
+ exact meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_missed_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of received packets that have been missed
+ due to lack of capacity in the receive side. See the network
+ driver for the exact meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_over_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of received packets that are oversized
+ compared to what the network device is configured to accept
+ (e.g: larger than MTU). See the network driver for the exact
+ meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_packets
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the total number of good packets received by this
+ network device.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_aborted_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets that have been aborted
+ during transmission by a network device (e.g: because of
+ a medium collision). See the network driver for the exact
+ meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_bytes
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of bytes transmitted by a network
+ device. See the network driver for the exact meaning of this
+ value, in particular whether this accounts for all successfully
+ transmitted packets or all packets that have been queued for
+ transmission.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_carrier_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets that could not be transmitted
+ because of carrier errors (e.g: physical link down). See the
+ network driver for the exact meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_compressed
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of transmitted compressed packets. Note
+ this might only be relevant for devices that support
+ compression (e.g: PPP).
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_dropped
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets dropped during transmission.
+ See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the packets were
+ dropped.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets in error during transmission by
+ a network device. See the driver for the exact reasons as to
+ why the packets were dropped.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_fifo_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets having caused a transmit
+ FIFO error. See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the
+ packets were dropped.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_heartbeat_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets transmitted that have been
+ reported as heartbeat errors. See the driver for the exact
+ reasons as to why the packets were dropped.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_packets
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets transmitted by a network
+ device. See the driver for whether this reports the number of all
+ attempted or successful transmissions.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_window_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets not successfully transmitted
+ due to a window collision. The specific meaning depends on the
+ MAC layer used. On Ethernet this is usually used to report
+ late collisions errors.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1c3f02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/
+Date: Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+
+sysfs interface
+---------------
+
+The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
+these files in the sysfs:
+(<devid> is in format major:minor )
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/
+ add (0200) Write a block device id (major:minor)
+ to create a new pktcdvd device and map
+ it to the block device.
+
+ remove (0200) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
+ to it to remove the pktcdvd device.
+
+ device_map (0444) Shows the device mapping in format:
+ pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid>
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
+ dev (0444) Device id
+ uevent (0200) To send an uevent.
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/
+ packets_started (0444) Number of started packets.
+ packets_finished (0444) Number of finished packets.
+
+ kb_written (0444) kBytes written.
+ kb_read (0444) kBytes read.
+ kb_read_gather (0444) kBytes read to fill write packets.
+
+ reset (0200) Write any value to it to reset
+ pktcdvd device statistic values, like
+ bytes read/written.
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/
+ size (0444) Contains the size of the bio write
+ queue.
+
+ congestion_off (0644) If bio write queue size is below
+ this mark, accept new bio requests
+ from the block layer.
+
+ congestion_on (0644) If bio write queue size is higher
+ as this mark, do no longer accept
+ bio write requests from the block
+ layer and wait till the pktcdvd
+ device has processed enough bio's
+ so that bio write queue size is
+ below congestion off mark.
+ A value of <= 0 disables congestion
+ control.
+
+
+Example:
+--------
+To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do:
+
+# create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc
+echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add
+cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+# assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's
+cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written
+# print the device id of the mapped block device
+fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+# remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0
+echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa05719
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now
+Date: May 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
+Description:
+ This file is writeable and can be used to set the current
+ coloumb counter value inside the battery monitor chip. This
+ is needed for unavoidable corrections of aging batteries.
+ A userspace daemon can monitor the battery charging logic
+ and once the counter drops out of considerable bounds, take
+ appropriate action.
+
+What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_full
+Date: May 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
+Description:
+ This file is writeable and can be used to set the assumed
+ battery 'full level'. As batteries age, this value has to be
+ amended over time.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/max14577-charger/device/fast_charge_timer
+Date: October 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.18.0
+Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max14577
+ charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires
+ the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current
+ will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
+
+ Valid values:
+ - 5, 6 or 7 (hours),
+ - 0: disabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/fast_charge_timer
+Date: January 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693
+ charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires
+ the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current
+ will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
+
+ Valid values:
+ - 4 - 16 (hours), step by 2 (rounded down)
+ - 0: disabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_threshold_current
+Date: January 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ This entry shows and sets the charging current threshold for
+ entering top-off charging mode. When charging current in fast
+ charge mode drops below this value, the charger will trigger
+ interrupt and start top-off charging mode.
+
+ Valid values:
+ - 100000 - 200000 (microamps), step by 25000 (rounded down)
+ - 200000 - 350000 (microamps), step by 50000 (rounded down)
+ - 0: disabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_timer
+Date: January 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693
+ charger operates in top-off charge mode. When the timer expires
+ the device will terminate top-off charge mode (charging current
+ will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
+
+ Valid values:
+ - 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/ovp_voltage
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4.0
+Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
+Description:
+ This entry configures the overvoltage protection feature of bq24257-
+ type charger devices. This feature protects the device and other
+ components against damage from overvoltage on the input supply. See
+ device datasheet for details.
+
+ Valid values:
+ - 6000000, 6500000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 9500000, 10000000,
+ 10500000 (all uV)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/in_dpm_voltage
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4.0
+Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
+Description:
+ This entry configures the input dynamic power path management voltage of
+ bq24257-type charger devices. Once the supply drops to the configured
+ voltage, the input current limit is reduced down to prevent the further
+ drop of the supply. When the IC enters this mode, the charge current is
+ lower than the set value. See device datasheet for details.
+
+ Valid values:
+ - 4200000, 4280000, 4360000, 4440000, 4520000, 4600000, 4680000,
+ 4760000 (all uV)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/high_impedance_enable
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4.0
+Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
+Description:
+ This entry allows enabling the high-impedance mode of bq24257-type
+ charger devices. If enabled, it places the charger IC into low power
+ standby mode with the switch mode controller disabled. When disabled,
+ the charger operates normally. See device datasheet for details.
+
+ Valid values:
+ - 1: enabled
+ - 0: disabled
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/sysoff_enable
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4.0
+Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
+Description:
+ This entry allows enabling the sysoff mode of bq24257-type charger
+ devices. If enabled and the input is removed, the internal battery FET
+ is turned off in order to reduce the leakage from the BAT pin to less
+ than 1uA. Note that on some devices/systems this disconnects the battery
+ from the system. See device datasheet for details.
+
+ Valid values:
+ - 1: enabled
+ - 0: disabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be26af0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_ac/max_current
+ /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_usb/max_current
+Description:
+ Read/Write limit on current which may
+ be drawn from the ac (Accessory Charger) or
+ USB port.
+
+ Value is in micro-Amps.
+
+ Value is set automatically to an appropriate
+ value when a cable is plugged or unplugged.
+
+ Value can the set by writing to the attribute.
+ The change will only persist until the next
+ plug event. These event are reported via udev.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_usb/mode
+Description:
+ Changing mode for USB port.
+ Writing to this can disable charging.
+
+ Possible values are:
+ "auto" - draw power as appropriate for detected
+ power source and battery status.
+ "off" - do not draw any power.
+ "continuous"
+ - activate mode described as "linear" in
+ TWL data sheets. This uses whatever
+ current is available and doesn't switch off
+ when voltage drops.
+
+ This is useful for unstable power sources
+ such as bicycle dynamo, but care should
+ be taken that battery is not over-charged.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_ac/mode
+Description:
+ Changing mode for 'ac' port.
+ Writing to this can disable charging.
+
+ Possible values are:
+ "auto" - draw power as appropriate for detected
+ power source and battery status.
+ "off" - do not draw any power.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db3b3ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+What: /sys/class/powercap/
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The powercap/ class sub directory belongs to the power cap
+ subsystem. Refer to
+ Documentation/power/powercap/powercap.txt for details.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A <control type> is a unique name under /sys/class/powercap.
+ Here <control type> determines how the power is going to be
+ controlled. A <control type> can contain multiple power zones.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/enabled
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This allows to enable/disable power capping for a "control type".
+ This status affects every power zone using this "control_type.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/<power zone>
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A power zone is a single or a collection of devices, which can
+ be independently monitored and controlled. A power zone sysfs
+ entry is qualified with the name of the <control type>.
+ E.g. intel-rapl:0:1:1.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/<power zone>/<child power zone>
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Power zones may be organized in a hierarchy in which child
+ power zones provide monitoring and control for a subset of
+ devices under the parent. For example, if there is a parent
+ power zone for a whole CPU package, each CPU core in it can
+ be a child power zone.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/name
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the name of this power zone.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/energy_uj
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Current energy counter in micro-joules. Write "0" to reset.
+ If the counter can not be reset, then this attribute is
+ read-only.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/max_energy_range_uj
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Range of the above energy counter in micro-joules.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/power_uw
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Current power in micro-watts.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/max_power_range_uw
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Range of the above power value in micro-watts.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_name
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Each power zone can define one or more constraints. Each
+ constraint can have an optional name. Here "X" can have values
+ from 0 to max integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_power_limit_uw
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Power limit in micro-watts should be applicable for
+ the time window specified by "constraint_X_time_window_us".
+ Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_time_window_us
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Time window in micro seconds. This is used along with
+ constraint_X_power_limit_uw to define a power constraint.
+ Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/.../constraint_X_max_power_uw
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Maximum allowed power in micro watts for this constraint.
+ Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/.../constraint_X_min_power_uw
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Minimum allowed power in micro watts for this constraint.
+ Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_max_time_window_us
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Maximum allowed time window in micro seconds for this
+ constraint. Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_min_time_window_us
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Minimum allowed time window in micro seconds for this
+ constraint. Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/enabled
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description
+ This allows to enable/disable power capping at power zone level.
+ This applies to current power zone and its children.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c479d77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+What: /sys/class/pwm/
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ The pwm/ class sub-directory belongs to the Generic PWM
+ Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using PWM
+ channels.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN directory is created for each
+ probed PWM controller/chip where N is the base of the
+ PWM chip.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ The number of PWM channels supported by the PWM chip.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/export
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ Exports a PWM channel from the PWM chip for sysfs control.
+ Value is between 0 and /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm - 1.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/unexport
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ Unexports a PWM channel.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX directory is created for
+ each exported PWM channel where X is the exported PWM
+ channel number.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/period
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ Sets the PWM signal period in nanoseconds.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/duty_cycle
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ Sets the PWM signal duty cycle in nanoseconds.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/polarity
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ Sets the output polarity of the PWM signal to "normal" or
+ "inversed".
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/enable
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ Enable/disable the PWM signal.
+ 0 is disabled
+ 1 is enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b65674d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+What: /sys/class/rc/
+Date: Apr 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The rc/ class sub-directory belongs to the Remote Controller
+ core and provides a sysfs interface for configuring infrared
+ remote controller receivers.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/
+Date: Apr 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ A /sys/class/rc/rcN directory is created for each remote
+ control receiver device where N is the number of the receiver.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/protocols
+Date: Jun 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.36
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Reading this file returns a list of available protocols,
+ something like:
+ "rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony]"
+ Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets.
+ Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled
+ protocols.
+ Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled
+ protocols.
+ Writing "proto" will enable only "proto".
+ Writing "none" will disable all protocols.
+ Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or
+ unknown protocol name is used.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter
+Date: Jan 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Sets the scancode filter expected value.
+ Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask to set the
+ expected value of the bits set in the filter mask.
+ If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
+ the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
+ an error.
+ This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask
+Date: Jan 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Sets the scancode filter mask of bits to compare.
+ Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter to set the bits
+ of the scancode which should be compared against the expected
+ value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid
+ scancodes to be processed.
+ If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
+ the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
+ an error.
+ This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_protocols
+Date: Feb 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use
+ for the wakeup filter, something like:
+ "rc5 rc6 nec jvc [sony]"
+ The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets.
+ Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled
+ wakeup protocols.
+ Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled
+ wakeup protocols.
+ Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events.
+ Writing "none" will disable wakeup.
+ Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or
+ unknown protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by
+ the hardware.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter
+Date: Jan 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value.
+ Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask to
+ set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask
+ to trigger a system wake event.
+ If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
+ scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
+ suspend to RAM or power off.
+ Otherwise the write will fail with an error.
+ This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask
+Date: Jan 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare.
+ Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter to set
+ the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the
+ expected value to trigger a system wake event.
+ If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
+ scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
+ suspend to RAM or power off.
+ Otherwise the write will fail with an error.
+ This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc578bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../state
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ state. This reports the regulator enable control, for
+ regulators which can report that input value.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ 'enabled'
+ 'disabled'
+ 'unknown'
+
+ 'enabled' means the regulator output is ON and is supplying
+ power to the system (assuming no error prevents it).
+
+ 'disabled' means the regulator output is OFF and is not
+ supplying power to the system (unless some non-Linux
+ control has enabled it).
+
+ 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or
+ the reported state is invalid.
+
+ NOTE: this field can be used in conjunction with microvolts
+ or microamps to determine configured regulator output levels.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../status
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ "status". This reports the current regulator status, for
+ regulators which can report that output value.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ off
+ on
+ error
+ fast
+ normal
+ idle
+ standby
+
+ "off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the
+ system.
+
+ "on" means the regulator is supplying power to the system,
+ and the regulator can't report a detailed operation mode.
+
+ "error" indicates an out-of-regulation status such as being
+ disabled due to thermal shutdown, or voltage being unstable
+ because of problems with the input power supply.
+
+ "fast", "normal", "idle", and "standby" are all detailed
+ regulator operation modes (described elsewhere). They
+ imply "on", but provide more detail.
+
+ Note that regulator status is a function of many inputs,
+ not limited to control inputs from Linux. For example,
+ the actual load presented may trigger "error" status; or
+ a regulator may be enabled by another user, even though
+ Linux did not enable it.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../type
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+ type. This holds the regulator type.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ 'voltage'
+ 'current'
+ 'unknown'
+
+ 'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled
+ by software.
+
+ 'current' means the regulator output current limit can be
+ controlled by software.
+
+ 'unknown' means software cannot control either voltage or
+ current limit.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microvolts
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ microvolts. This holds the regulator output voltage setting
+ measured in microvolts (i.e. E-6 Volts), for regulators
+ which can report the control input for voltage.
+
+ NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+ output voltage level as this value is the same regardless of
+ whether the regulator is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microamps
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ microamps. This holds the regulator output current limit
+ setting measured in microamps (i.e. E-6 Amps), for regulators
+ which can report the control input for a current limit.
+
+ NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+ output current level as this value is the same regardless of
+ whether the regulator is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../opmode
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ opmode. This holds the current regulator operating mode,
+ for regulators which can report that control input value.
+
+ The opmode value can be one of the following strings:
+
+ 'fast'
+ 'normal'
+ 'idle'
+ 'standby'
+ 'unknown'
+
+ The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h
+
+ NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+ output operating mode as this value is the same regardless of
+ whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. A "status"
+ attribute may be available to determine the actual mode.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microvolts
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ min_microvolts. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
+ output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts,
+ for regulators which support voltage constraints.
+
+ NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+ the power domain has no min microvolts constraint defined by
+ platform code.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microvolts
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ max_microvolts. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
+ output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts,
+ for regulators which support voltage constraints.
+
+ NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+ the power domain has no max microvolts constraint defined by
+ platform code.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microamps
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ min_microamps. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
+ output current limit setting for this domain measured in
+ microamps, for regulators which support current constraints.
+
+ NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+ the power domain has no min microamps constraint defined by
+ platform code.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microamps
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ max_microamps. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
+ output current limit setting for this domain measured in
+ microamps, for regulators which support current constraints.
+
+ NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+ the power domain has no max microamps constraint defined by
+ platform code.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../name
+Date: October 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.28
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+ name. This holds a string identifying the regulator for
+ display purposes.
+
+ NOTE: this will be empty if no suitable name is provided
+ by platform or regulator drivers.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../num_users
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+ num_users. This holds the number of consumer devices that
+ have called regulator_enable() on this regulator.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../requested_microamps
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ requested_microamps. This holds the total requested load
+ current in microamps for this regulator from all its consumer
+ devices.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../parent
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a link called parent.
+ This points to the parent or supply regulator if one exists.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_microvolts
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_mem_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+ voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+ the system is suspended to memory, for voltage regulators
+ implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_microvolts
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_disk_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+ voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+ the system is suspended to disk, for voltage regulators
+ implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_microvolts
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_standby_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+ voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+ the system is suspended to standby, for voltage regulators
+ implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_mode
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_mem_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+ setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
+ memory, for regulators implementing suspend mode
+ configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_mode
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_disk_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+ setting for this domain when the system is suspended to disk,
+ for regulators implementing suspend mode configuration
+ constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_mode
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_standby_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+ setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
+ standby, for regulators implementing suspend mode
+ configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_state
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_mem_state. This holds the regulator operating state
+ when suspended to memory, for regulators implementing suspend
+ configuration constraints.
+
+ This will be one of the same strings reported by
+ the "state" attribute.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_state
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_disk_state. This holds the regulator operating state
+ when suspended to disk, for regulators implementing
+ suspend configuration constraints.
+
+ This will be one of the same strings reported by
+ the "state" attribute.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_state
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_standby_state. This holds the regulator operating
+ state when suspended to standby, for regulators implementing
+ suspend configuration constraints.
+
+ This will be one of the same strings reported by
+ the "state" attribute.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../bypass
+Date: September 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ bypass. This indicates if the device is in bypass mode.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ 'enabled'
+ 'disabled'
+ 'unknown'
+
+ 'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode.
+
+ 'disabled' means that the regulator is regulating.
+
+ 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or
+ the reported state is invalid.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cf1e72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: Attribute for calibrating ST-Ericsson AB8500 Real Time Clock
+Date: Oct 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Mark Godfrey <mark.godfrey@stericsson.com>
+Description: The rtc_calibration attribute allows the userspace to
+ calibrate the AB8500.s 32KHz Real Time Clock.
+ Every 60 seconds the AB8500 will correct the RTC's value
+ by adding to it the value of this attribute.
+ The range of the attribute is -127 to +127 in units of
+ 30.5 micro-seconds (half-parts-per-million of the 32KHz clock)
+Users: The /vendor/st-ericsson/base_utilities/core/rtc_calibration
+ daemon uses this interface.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eb255e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/isci_id
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the enumerated host ID for the Intel
+ SCU controller. The Intel(R) C600 Series Chipset SATA/SAS
+ Storage Control Unit embeds up to two 4-port controllers in
+ a single PCI device. The controllers are enumerated in order
+ which usually means the lowest number scsi_host corresponds
+ with the first controller, but this association is not
+ guaranteed. The 'isci_id' attribute unambiguously identifies
+ the controller index: '0' for the first controller,
+ '1' for the second.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/acciopath_status
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: Stephen M. Cameron <scameron@beardog.cce.hp.com>
+Description: This file contains the current status of the "SSD Smart Path"
+ feature of HP Smart Array RAID controllers using the hpsa
+ driver. SSD Smart Path, when enabled permits the driver to
+ send i/o requests directly to physical devices that are part
+ of a logical drive, bypassing the controllers firmware RAID
+ stack for a performance advantage when possible. A value of
+ '1' indicates the feature is enabled, and the controller may
+ use the direct i/o path to physical devices. A value of zero
+ means the feature is disabled and the controller may not use
+ the direct i/o path to physical devices. This setting is
+ controller wide, affecting all configured logical drives on the
+ controller. This file is readable and writable.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9be398b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/in_flight
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Show the number of I/Os currently in-flight between the st
+ module and the SCSI mid-layer.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/io_ns
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total amount of time spent waiting for all I/O
+ to and from the tape drive to complete. This includes all
+ reads, writes, and other SCSI commands issued to the tape
+ drive. An example of other SCSI commands would be tape
+ movement such as a rewind when a rewind tape device is
+ closed. This item is measured in nanoseconds.
+
+ To determine the amount of time spent waiting for other I/O
+ to complete subtract read_ns and write_ns from this value.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/other_cnt
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ The number of I/O requests issued to the tape drive other
+ than SCSI read/write requests.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_byte_cnt
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total number of bytes requested from the tape drive.
+ This value is presented in bytes because tape drives support
+ variable length block sizes.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_cnt
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total number of read requests issued to the tape
+ drive.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_ns
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total amount of time in nanoseconds waiting for
+ read I/O requests to complete.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_byte_cnt
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total number of bytes written to the tape drive.
+ This value is presented in bytes because tape drives support
+ variable length block sizes.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_cnt
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total number of write requests issued to the tape
+ drive.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_ms
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total amount of time in nanoseconds waiting for
+ write I/O requests to complete.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/resid_cnt
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the number of times we found that a residual >0
+ was found when the SCSI midlayer indicated that there was
+ an error. For reads this may be a case of someone issuing
+ reads greater than the block size.
+Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9aa4f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/masters
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows first and last available to software master numbers on
+ this STM device.
+
+What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/channels
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the number of channels per master on this STM device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57b8dd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /sys/class/stm_source/<stm_source>/stm_source_link
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ stm_source device linkage to stm device, where its tracing data
+ is directed. Reads return an existing connection or "<none>" if
+ this stm_source is not connected to any stm device yet.
+ Write an existing (registered) stm device's name here to
+ connect that device. If a device is already connected to this
+ stm_source, it will first be disconnected.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85f4875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Interfaces for WiMedia Ultra Wideband Common Radio
+ Platform (UWB) radio controllers.
+
+ Familiarity with the ECMA-368 'High Rate Ultra
+ Wideband MAC and PHY Specification' is assumed.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/beacon_timeout_ms
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Description:
+ If no beacons are received from a device for at least
+ this time, the device will be considered to have gone
+ and it will be removed. The default is 3 superframes
+ (~197 ms) as required by the specification.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ An individual UWB radio controller.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/beacon
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Write:
+
+ <channel>
+
+ to force a specific channel to be used when beaconing,
+ or, if <channel> is -1, to prohibit beaconing. If
+ <channel> is 0, then the default channel selection
+ algorithm will be used. Valid channels depends on the
+ radio controller's supported band groups.
+
+ Reading returns the currently active channel, or -1 if
+ the radio controller is not beaconing.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/ASIE
+Date: August 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.18
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+ The application-specific information element (ASIE)
+ included in this device's beacon, in space separated
+ hex octets.
+
+ Reading returns the current ASIE. Writing replaces
+ the current ASIE with the one written.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/scan
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Write:
+
+ <channel> <type> [<bpst offset>]
+
+ to start (or stop) scanning on a channel. <type> is one of:
+ 0 - scan
+ 1 - scan outside BP
+ 2 - scan while inactive
+ 3 - scanning disabled
+ 4 - scan (with start time of <bpst offset>)
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The EUI-48, in colon-separated hex octets, for this
+ radio controller. A write will change the radio
+ controller's EUI-48 but only do so while the device is
+ not beaconing or scanning.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A symlink to the device (if any) of the WUSB Host
+ Controller PAL using this radio controller.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A neighbour UWB device that has either been detected
+ as part of a scan or is a member of the radio
+ controllers beacon group.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The time (using the radio controllers internal 1 ms
+ interval superframe timer) of the last beacon from
+ this device was received.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/DevAddr
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The current DevAddr of this device in colon separated
+ hex octets.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/EUI_48
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+ The EUI-48 of this device in colon separated hex
+ octets.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/IEs
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The latest IEs included in this device's beacon, in
+ space separated hex octets with one IE per line.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/LQE
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Link Quality Estimate - the Signal to Noise Ratio
+ (SNR) of all packets received from this device in dB.
+ This gives an estimate on a suitable PHY rate. Refer
+ to [ECMA-368] section 13.3 for more details.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/RSSI
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Received Signal Strength Indication - the strength of
+ the received signal in dB. LQE is a more useful
+ measure of the radio link quality.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5977e28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_chid
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Write the CHID (16 space-separated hex octets) for this host controller.
+ This starts the host controller, allowing it to accept connection from
+ WUSB devices.
+
+ Set an all zero CHID to stop the host controller.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_trust_timeout
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that haven't sent a WUSB packet to the host
+ within 'wusb_trust_timeout' ms are considered to have
+ disconnected and are removed. The default value of
+ 4000 ms is the value required by the WUSB
+ specification.
+
+ Since this relates to security (specifically, the
+ lifetime of PTKs and GTKs) it should not be changed
+ from the default.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_phy_rate
+Date: August 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.32
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The maximum PHY rate to use for all connected devices.
+ This is only of limited use for testing and
+ development as the hardware's automatic rate
+ adaptation is better then this simple control.
+
+ Refer to [ECMA-368] section 10.3.1.1 for the value to
+ use.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_dnts
+Date: June 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The device notification time slot (DNTS) count and inverval in
+ milliseconds that the WUSB host should use. This controls how
+ often the devices will have the opportunity to send
+ notifications to the host.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_retry_count
+Date: June 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The number of retries that the WUSB host should attempt
+ before reporting an error for a bus transaction. The range of
+ valid values is [0..15], where 0 indicates infinite retries.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48ddacb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/class/zram-control/
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The zram-control/ class sub-directory belongs to zram
+ device class
+
+What: /sys/class/zram-control/hot_add
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ RO attribute. Read operation will cause zram to add a new
+ device and return its device id back to user (so one can
+ use /dev/zram<id>), or error code.
+
+What: /sys/class/zram-control/hot_remove
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ WO attribute. Remove a specific /dev/zramX device, where X
+ is a device_id provided by user.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9f2b8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/dev
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
+Description: The /sys/dev tree provides a method to look up the sysfs
+ path for a device using the information returned from
+ stat(2). There are two directories, 'block' and 'char',
+ beneath /sys/dev containing symbolic links with names of
+ the form "<major>:<minor>". These links point to the
+ corresponding sysfs path for the given device.
+
+ Example:
+ $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32
+ ../../block/sdc
+
+ Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be
+ dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and
+ leave the system.
+
+Users: mdadm <linux-raid@vger.kernel.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fcc943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What: /sys/devices
+Date: February 2006
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the
+ internal state of the kernel device tree. Devices will
+ be added and removed dynamically as the machine runs,
+ and between different kernel versions, the layout of the
+ devices within this tree will change.
+
+ Please do not rely on the format of this tree because of
+ this. If a program wishes to find different things in
+ the tree, please use the /sys/class structure and rely
+ on the symlinks there to point to the proper location
+ within the /sys/devices tree of the individual devices.
+ Or rely on the uevent messages to notify programs of
+ devices being added and removed from this tree to find
+ the location of those devices.
+
+ Note that sometimes not all devices along the directory
+ chain will have emitted uevent messages, so userspace
+ programs must be able to handle such occurrences.
+
+Users:
+ udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6568e00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/reset_counters
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This write-only control file will zero all the statistical
+ counters for UE and CE errors on the given memory controller.
+ Zeroing the counters will also reset the timer indicating how
+ long since the last counter were reset. This is useful for
+ computing errors/time. Since the counters are always reset
+ at driver initialization time, no module/kernel parameter
+ is available.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/seconds_since_reset
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays how many seconds have elapsed
+ since the last counter reset. This can be used with the error
+ counters to measure error rates.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/mc_name
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the type of memory controller
+ that is being utilized.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/size_mb
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays, in count of megabytes, of memory
+ that this memory controller manages.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_count
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the total count of uncorrectable
+ errors that have occurred on this memory controller. If
+ panic_on_ue is set, this counter will not have a chance to
+ increment, since EDAC will panic the system
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_noinfo_count
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the number of UEs that have
+ occurred on this memory controller with no information as to
+ which DIMM slot is having errors.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_count
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the total count of correctable
+ errors that have occurred on this memory controller. This
+ count is very important to examine. CEs provide early
+ indications that a DIMM is beginning to fail. This count
+ field should be monitored for non-zero values and report
+ such information to the system administrator.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_noinfo_count
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the number of CEs that
+ have occurred on this memory controller wherewith no
+ information as to which DIMM slot is having errors. Memory is
+ handicapped, but operational, yet no information is available
+ to indicate which slot the failing memory is in. This count
+ field should be also be monitored for non-zero values.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/sdram_scrub_rate
+Date: February 2007
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Read/Write attribute file that controls memory scrubbing.
+ The scrubbing rate used by the memory controller is set by
+ writing a minimum bandwidth in bytes/sec to the attribute file.
+ The rate will be translated to an internal value that gives at
+ least the specified rate.
+ Reading the file will return the actual scrubbing rate employed.
+ If configuration fails or memory scrubbing is not implemented,
+ the value of the attribute file will be -1.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/max_location
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the information about the last
+ available memory slot in this memory controller. It is used by
+ userspace tools in order to display the memory filling layout.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/size
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file will display the size of dimm or rank.
+ For dimm*/size, this is the size, in MB of the DIMM memory
+ stick. For rank*/size, this is the size, in MB for one rank
+ of the DIMM memory stick. On single rank memories (1R), this
+ is also the total size of the dimm. On dual rank (2R) memories,
+ this is half the size of the total DIMM memories.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_dev_type
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file will display what type of DRAM device is
+ being utilized on this DIMM (x1, x2, x4, x8, ...).
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_edac_mode
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file will display what type of Error detection
+ and correction is being utilized. For example: S4ECD4ED would
+ mean a Chipkill with x4 DRAM.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_label
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This control file allows this DIMM to have a label assigned
+ to it. With this label in the module, when errors occur
+ the output can provide the DIMM label in the system log.
+ This becomes vital for panic events to isolate the
+ cause of the UE event.
+ DIMM Labels must be assigned after booting, with information
+ that correctly identifies the physical slot with its
+ silk screen label. This information is currently very
+ motherboard specific and determination of this information
+ must occur in userland at this time.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_location
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file will display the location (csrow/channel,
+ branch/channel/slot or channel/slot) of the dimm or rank.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_mem_type
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file will display what type of memory is
+ currently on this csrow. Normally, either buffered or
+ unbuffered memory (for example, Unbuffered-DDR3).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46badc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/
+Date: September 2012
+Contact: <>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../firmware_node directory contains attributes
+ allowing the user space to check and modify some firmware
+ related properties of given device.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/description
+Date: September 2012
+Contact: Lance Ortiz <lance.ortiz@hp.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../firmware/description attribute contains a string
+ that describes the device as provided by the _STR method in the ACPI
+ namespace. This attribute is read-only. If the device does not have
+ an _STR method associated with it in the ACPI namespace, this
+ attribute is not present.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea9298d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/
+Date: March 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ directory is only present for
+ devices included into the Intel Lynxpoint Low Power Subsystem
+ (LPSS). If present, it contains attributes containing the LTR
+ mode and the values of LTR registers of the device.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode
+Date: March 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode attribute contains an
+ integer number (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the devices'
+ LTR functionality is working in the software mode (1).
+
+ This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status
+ is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause
+ -EAGAIN to be returned.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr
+Date: March 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the
+ current value of the device's AUTO_LTR register (raw)
+ represented as an 8-digit hexadecimal number.
+
+ This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status
+ is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause
+ -EAGAIN to be returned.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/sw_ltr
+Date: March 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the
+ current value of the device's SW_LTR register (raw) represented
+ as an 8-digit hexadecimal number.
+
+ This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status
+ is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause
+ -EAGAIN to be returned.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..deef3b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/system/memory contains a snapshot of the
+ internal state of the kernel memory blocks. Files could be
+ added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove
+ operations.
+Users: hotplug memory add/remove tools
+ http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable
+ indicates whether this memory block is removable or not.
+ This is useful for a user-level agent to determine
+ identify removable sections of the memory before attempting
+ potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation
+Users: hotplug memory remove tools
+ http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
+ is read-only and is designed to show the name of physical
+ memory device. Implementation is currently incomplete.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index
+ is read-only and contains the section ID in hexadecimal
+ which is equivalent to decimal X contained in the
+ memory section directory name.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+ is read-write. When read, its contents show the
+ online/offline state of the memory section. When written,
+ root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable
+ memory section (see removable file description above)
+ using the following commands.
+ # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+ # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+
+ For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable
+ contains a value of 1 and
+ /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the
+ string "online" the following command can be executed by
+ by root to offline that section.
+ # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
+Users: hotplug memory remove tools
+ http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: Zhang Zhen <zhenzhang.zhang@huawei.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones is
+ read-only and is designed to show which zone this memory
+ block can be onlined to.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY
+Date: October 2009
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that
+ points to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+ For example, the following symbolic link is created for
+ memory section 9 on node0:
+ /sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled
+ /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY is a symbolic link that
+ points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY
+ memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic
+ link is created for memory section 9 on node0.
+ /sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a50ab6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_offset
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard.
+ eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of
+ area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature
+ is enabled, this attribute will indicate the start address of
+ enhanced data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL.
+ Unit Byte. Format decimal.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_size
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard.
+ eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of
+ area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature
+ is enabled, this attribute will indicate the size of enhanced
+ data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL.
+ Unit KByte. Format decimal.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f990026
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../online
+Date: April 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../online attribute is only present for
+ devices whose bus types provide .online() and .offline()
+ callbacks. The number read from it (0 or 1) reflects the value
+ of the device's 'offline' field. If that number is 1 and '0'
+ (or 'n', or 'N') is written to this file, the device bus type's
+ .offline() callback is executed for the device and (if
+ successful) its 'offline' field is updated accordingly. In
+ turn, if that number is 0 and '1' (or 'y', or 'Y') is written to
+ this file, the device bus type's .online() callback is executed
+ for the device and (if successful) its 'offline' field is
+ updated as appropriate.
+
+ After a successful execution of the bus type's .offline()
+ callback the device cannot be used for any purpose until either
+ it is removed (i.e. device_del() is called for it), or its bus
+ type's .online() is exeucted successfully.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d548eaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/suspended
+Date: April 2010
+Contact: Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com>
+Description:
+ Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget.
+ 1 -> suspended
+ 0 -> resumed
+
+ (_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver)
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/gadget-lunX/nofua
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Show or set the reaction on the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit in
+ the SCSI WRITE(10,12) commands when a gadget in USB Mass
+ Storage mode.
+
+ Possible values are:
+ 1 -> ignore the FUA flag
+ 0 -> obey the FUA flag
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8aa3671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
+Description:
+ Show whether the floor (0 to 4), protection area (0 or 1) is
+ keylocked. Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas,
+ which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS.
+ The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads,
+ writes or both.
+ The result is:
+ 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked
+ 1 -> the DPS is keylocked
+Users: None identified so far.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_protection_key
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
+Description:
+ Enter the protection key for the floor (0 to 4), protection area
+ (0 or 1). Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas,
+ which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS.
+ The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads,
+ writes or both.
+ The protection key is a string of 8 bytes (value 0-255).
+ Entering the correct value toggle the lock, and can be observed
+ through f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked.
+ Possible values are:
+ - 8 bytes
+ Typical values are:
+ - "00000000"
+ - "12345678"
+Users: None identified so far.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2107082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_alpha
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+Description:
+ This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding
+ to overlay planes.
+
+ Stores the alpha blending value for the overlay. Values range
+ from 0 (transparent) to 255 (opaque). The value is ignored if
+ the mode is not set to Alpha Blending.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_mode
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+Description:
+ This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding
+ to overlay planes.
+
+ Selects the composition mode for the overlay. Possible values
+ are
+
+ 0 - Alpha Blending
+ 1 - ROP3
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_position
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+Description:
+ This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding
+ to overlay planes.
+
+ Stores the x,y overlay position on the display in pixels. The
+ position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+'.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_rop3
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+Description:
+ This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding
+ to overlay planes.
+
+ Stores the raster operation (ROP3) for the overlay. Values
+ range from 0 to 255. The value is ignored if the mode is not
+ set to ROP3.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..676fdf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power directory contains attributes
+ allowing the user space to check and modify some power
+ management related properties of given device.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup attribute allows the user
+ space to check if the device is enabled to wake up the system
+ from sleep states, such as the memory sleep state (suspend to
+ RAM) and hibernation (suspend to disk), and to enable or disable
+ it to do that as desired.
+
+ Some devices support "wakeup" events, which are hardware signals
+ used to activate the system from a sleep state. Such devices
+ have one of the following two values for the sysfs power/wakeup
+ file:
+
+ + "enabled\n" to issue the events;
+ + "disabled\n" not to do so;
+
+ In that cases the user space can change the setting represented
+ by the contents of this file by writing either "enabled", or
+ "disabled" to it.
+
+ For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup
+ events this file is not present. In that case the device cannot
+ be enabled to wake up the system from sleep states.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/control
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/control attribute allows the user
+ space to control the run-time power management of the device.
+
+ All devices have one of the following two values for the
+ power/control file:
+
+ + "auto\n" to allow the device to be power managed at run time;
+ + "on\n" to prevent the device from being power managed;
+
+ The default for all devices is "auto", which means that they may
+ be subject to automatic power management, depending on their
+ drivers. Changing this attribute to "on" prevents the driver
+ from power managing the device at run time. Doing that while
+ the device is suspended causes it to be woken up.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/async
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../async attribute allows the user space to
+ enable or diasble the device's suspend and resume callbacks to
+ be executed asynchronously (ie. in separate threads, in parallel
+ with the main suspend/resume thread) during system-wide power
+ transitions (eg. suspend to RAM, hibernation).
+
+ All devices have one of the following two values for the
+ power/async file:
+
+ + "enabled\n" to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume;
+ + "disabled\n" to forbid it;
+
+ The value of this attribute may be changed by writing either
+ "enabled", or "disabled" to it.
+
+ It generally is unsafe to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume
+ of a device unless it is certain that all of the PM dependencies
+ of the device are known to the PM core. However, for some
+ devices this attribute is set to "enabled" by bus type code or
+ device drivers and in that cases it should be safe to leave the
+ default value.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_count
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number
+ of signaled wakeup events associated with the device. This
+ attribute is read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up
+ the system from sleep states, this attribute is not present.
+ If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
+ states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active_count attribute contains the
+ number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with
+ the device was completed (at the kernel level). This attribute
+ is read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up the
+ system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. If
+ the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
+ states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_abort_count
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_abort_count attribute contains the
+ number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with
+ the device might have aborted system transition into a sleep
+ state in progress. This attribute is read-only. If the device
+ is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states, this
+ attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to wake
+ up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_expire_count
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_expire_count attribute contains the
+ number of times a wakeup event associated with the device has
+ been reported with a timeout that expired. This attribute is
+ read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up the system
+ from sleep states, this attribute is not present. If the
+ device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states,
+ this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active attribute contains either 1,
+ or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with
+ the device is being processed (1). This attribute is read-only.
+ If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep
+ states, this attribute is not present. If the device is not
+ enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute
+ is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_total_time_ms attribute contains
+ the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the
+ device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the
+ device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states,
+ this attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to
+ wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_max_time_ms attribute contains
+ the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated
+ with the device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only.
+ If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep
+ states, this attribute is not present. If the device is not
+ enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute
+ is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_last_time_ms attribute contains
+ the value of the monotonic clock corresponding to the time of
+ signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in
+ milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the device is
+ not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this
+ attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to wake
+ up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms attribute
+ contains the total time the device has been preventing
+ opportunistic transitions to sleep states from occurring.
+ This attribute is read-only. If the device is not capable to
+ wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not
+ present. If the device is not enabled to wake up the system
+ from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms attribute
+ contains the autosuspend delay value (in milliseconds). Some
+ drivers do not want their device to suspend as soon as it
+ becomes idle at run time; they want the device to remain
+ inactive for a certain minimum period of time first. That
+ period is called the autosuspend delay. Negative values will
+ prevent the device from being suspended at run time (similar
+ to writing "on" to the power/control attribute). Values >=
+ 1000 will cause the autosuspend timer expiration to be rounded
+ up to the nearest second.
+
+ Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported,
+ attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us
+Date: March 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us attribute
+ contains the PM QoS resume latency limit for the given device,
+ which is the maximum allowed time it can take to resume the
+ device, after it has been suspended at run time, from a resume
+ request to the moment the device will be ready to process I/O,
+ in microseconds. If it is equal to 0, however, this means that
+ the PM QoS resume latency may be arbitrary.
+
+ Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported,
+ it is not present.
+
+ This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and
+ hibernation.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us
+Date: January 2014
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us attribute
+ contains the PM QoS active state latency tolerance limit for the
+ given device in microseconds. That is the maximum memory access
+ latency the device can suffer without any visible adverse
+ effects on user space functionality. If that value is the
+ string "any", the latency does not matter to user space at all,
+ but hardware should not be allowed to set the latency tolerance
+ for the device automatically.
+
+ Reading "auto" from this file means that the maximum memory
+ access latency for the device may be determined automatically
+ by the hardware as needed. Writing "auto" to it allows the
+ hardware to be switched to this mode if there are no other
+ latency tolerance requirements from the kernel side.
+
+ This attribute is only present if the feature controlled by it
+ is supported by the hardware.
+
+ This attribute has no effect on runtime suspend and resume of
+ devices and on system-wide suspend/resume and hibernation.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off
+Date: September 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off attribute
+ is used for manipulating the PM QoS "no power off" flag. If
+ set, this flag indicates to the kernel that power should not
+ be removed entirely from the device.
+
+ Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported,
+ it is not present.
+
+ This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and
+ hibernation.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_remote_wakeup
+Date: September 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_remote_wakeup attribute
+ is used for manipulating the PM QoS "remote wakeup required"
+ flag. If set, this flag indicates to the kernel that the
+ device is a source of user events that have to be signaled from
+ its low-power states.
+
+ Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported,
+ it is not present.
+
+ This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and
+ hibernation.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73b77a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ use ACPI power resources for power management.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be in ACPI power state D0. The names
+ of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+ point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30c2070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+ power state D1.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be in ACPI power state D1. The names
+ of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+ point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd9d84b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+ power state D2.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be in ACPI power state D2. The names
+ of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+ point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3df32c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+ power state D3hot.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be in ACPI power state D3hot. The
+ names of the links are the same as the names of the directories
+ they point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0588fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/
+Date: April 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ require ACPI power resources for wakeup signaling.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be able to signal wakeup. The names of
+ the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+ point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ad9546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_state
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute is only present for
+ device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide power
+ management methods.
+
+ If present, it contains a string representing the current ACPI
+ power state of the given device node. Its possible values,
+ "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and "D3cold", reflect the power state
+ names defined by the ACPI specification (ACPI 4 and above).
+
+ If the device node uses shared ACPI power resources, this state
+ determines a list of power resources required not to be turned
+ off. However, some power resources needed by the device node in
+ higher-power (lower-number) states may also be ON because of
+ some other devices using them at the moment.
+
+ This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b3527c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../real_power_state
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../real_power_state attribute is only present
+ for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide
+ power management methods and use ACPI power resources for power
+ management.
+
+ If present, it contains a string representing the real ACPI
+ power state of the given device node as returned by the _PSC
+ control method or inferred from the configuration of power
+ resources. Its possible values, "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and
+ "D3cold", reflect the power state names defined by the ACPI
+ specification (ACPI 4 and above).
+
+ In some situations the value of this attribute may be different
+ from the value of the /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute for
+ the same device object. If that happens, some shared power
+ resources used by the device node are only ON because of some
+ other devices using them at the moment.
+
+ This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4a3bc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use attribute is only present
+ for device objects representing ACPI power resources.
+
+ If present, it contains a number (0 or 1) representing the
+ current status of the given power resource (0 means that the
+ resource is not in use and therefore it has been turned off).
+
+ This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d9cc25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+What: /sys/devices/socX
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/ directory contains a sub-directory for each
+ System-on-Chip (SoC) device on a running platform. Information
+ regarding each SoC can be obtained by reading sysfs files. This
+ functionality is only available if implemented by the platform.
+
+ The directory created for each SoC will also house information
+ about devices which are commonly contained in /sys/devices/platform.
+ It has been agreed that if an SoC device exists, its supported
+ devices would be better suited to appear as children of that SoC.
+
+What: /sys/devices/socX/machine
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains the SoC machine
+ name (e.g. Ux500).
+
+What: /sys/devices/socX/family
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name
+ (e.g. DB8500).
+
+What: /sys/devices/socX/soc_id
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of
+ ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number.
+
+What: /sys/devices/socX/revision
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's
+ manufacturing revision number.
+
+What: /sys/devices/socX/process
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute supported ST-Ericsson's silicon. Contains the
+ the process by which the silicon chip was manufactured.
+
+What: /sys/bus/soc
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/bus/soc/ directory contains the usual sub-folders
+ expected under most buses. /sys/bus/soc/devices is of particular
+ interest, as it contains a symlink for each SoC device found on
+ the system. Each symlink points back into the aforementioned
+ /sys/devices/socX devices.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..625ce4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../sun
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Yasuaki Ishimatsu <isimatu.yasuaki@jp.fujitsu.com>
+Description:
+ The file contains a Slot-unique ID which provided by the _SUN
+ method in the ACPI namespace. The value is written in Advanced
+ Configuration and Power Interface Specification as follows:
+
+ "The _SUN value is required to be unique among the slots of
+ the same type. It is also recommended that this number match
+ the slot number printed on the physical slot whenever possible."
+
+ So reading the sysfs file, we can identify a physical position
+ of the slot in the system.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b683e8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/
+Date: pre-git history
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ A collection of both global and individual CPU attributes
+
+ Individual CPU attributes are contained in subdirectories
+ named by the kernel's logical CPU number, e.g.:
+
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/kernel_max
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/offline
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/online
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/possible
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/present
+Date: December 2008
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to
+ hotplug. Briefly:
+
+ kernel_max: the maximum cpu index allowed by the kernel
+ configuration.
+
+ offline: cpus that are not online because they have been
+ HOTPLUGGED off or exceed the limit of cpus allowed by the
+ kernel configuration (kernel_max above).
+
+ online: cpus that are online and being scheduled.
+
+ possible: cpus that have been allocated resources and can be
+ brought online if they are present.
+
+ present: cpus that have been identified as being present in
+ the system.
+
+ See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/probe
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/release
+Date: November 2009
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's. This is not hotplug
+ removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU
+ from the system.
+
+ probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the
+ system. Information written to the file to add CPU's is
+ architecture specific.
+
+ release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from
+ the system. Information writtento the file to remove CPU's
+ is architecture specific.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
+Date: October 2009
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to
+
+ When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points
+ to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+ For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42
+ in NUMA node 2:
+
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_id
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings_list
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/physical_package_id
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings_list
+Date: December 2008
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship
+ to other cores and threads in the same physical package.
+
+ One cpu# directory is created per logical CPU in the system,
+ e.g. /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/.
+
+ Briefly, the files above are:
+
+ core_id: the CPU core ID of cpu#. Typically it is the
+ hardware platform's identifier (rather than the kernel's).
+ The actual value is architecture and platform dependent.
+
+ core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpu#'s hardware threads
+ within the same physical_package_id.
+
+ core_siblings_list: human-readable list of the logical CPU
+ numbers within the same physical_package_id as cpu#.
+
+ physical_package_id: physical package id of cpu#. Typically
+ corresponds to a physical socket number, but the actual value
+ is architecture and platform dependent.
+
+ thread_siblings: internel kernel map of cpu#'s hardware
+ threads within the same core as cpu#
+
+ thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpu#'s hardware
+ threads within the same core as cpu#
+
+ See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro
+Date: September 2007
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism
+
+ Various CPUs today support multiple idle levels that are
+ differentiated by varying exit latencies and power
+ consumption during idle.
+
+ Idle policy (governor) is differentiated from idle mechanism
+ (driver)
+
+ current_driver: displays current idle mechanism
+
+ current_governor_ro: displays current idle policy
+
+ See files in Documentation/cpuidle/ for more information.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/*
+Date: pre-git history
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Discover and change clock speed of CPUs
+
+ Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the
+ CPUs on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery
+ power, because the lower the clock speed, the less power
+ the CPU consumes.
+
+ There are many knobs to tweak in this directory.
+
+ See files in Documentation/cpu-freq/ for more information.
+
+ In particular, read Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
+ to learn how to control the knobs.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/freqdomain_cpus
+Date: June 2013
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Discover CPUs in the same CPU frequency coordination domain
+
+ freqdomain_cpus is the list of CPUs (online+offline) that share
+ the same clock/freq domain (possibly at the hardware level).
+ That information may be hidden from the cpufreq core and the
+ value of related_cpus may be different from freqdomain_cpus. This
+ attribute is useful for user space DVFS controllers to get better
+ power/performance results for platforms using acpi-cpufreq.
+
+ This file is only present if the acpi-cpufreq driver is in use.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index3/cache_disable_{0,1}
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Disable L3 cache indices
+
+ These files exist in every CPU's cache/index3 directory. Each
+ cache_disable_{0,1} file corresponds to one disable slot which
+ can be used to disable a cache index. Reading from these files
+ on a processor with this functionality will return the currently
+ disabled index for that node. There is one L3 structure per
+ node, or per internal node on MCM machines. Writing a valid
+ index to one of these files will cause the specificed cache
+ index to be disabled.
+
+ All AMD processors with L3 caches provide this functionality.
+ For details, see BKDGs at
+ http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Processor frequency boosting control
+
+ This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system.
+ Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency
+ beyound it's nominal limit.
+ More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes_size
+Date: April 2013
+Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org
+Description: address and size of the percpu note.
+
+ crash_notes: the physical address of the memory that holds the
+ note of cpu#.
+
+ crash_notes_size: size of the note of cpu#.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/max_perf_pct
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/min_perf_pct
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/no_turbo
+Date: February 2013
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Parameters for the Intel P-state driver
+
+ Logic for selecting the current P-state in Intel
+ Sandybridge+ processors. The three knobs control
+ limits for the P-state that will be requested by the
+ driver.
+
+ max_perf_pct: limits the maximum P state that will be requested by
+ the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance.
+
+ min_perf_pct: limits the minimum P state that will be requested by
+ the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance.
+
+ no_turbo: limits the driver to selecting P states below the turbo
+ frequency range.
+
+ More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/<set_of_attributes_mentioned_below>
+Date: July 2014(documented, existed before August 2008)
+Contact: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
+ Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes
+
+ allocation_policy:
+ - WriteAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line
+ on a cache miss because of a write
+ - ReadAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line
+ on a cache miss because of a read
+ - ReadWriteAllocate: both writeallocate and readallocate
+
+ attributes: LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy
+
+ coherency_line_size: the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets
+ transferred from memory to cache
+
+ level: the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration
+
+ number_of_sets: total number of sets in the cache, a set is a
+ collection of cache lines with the same cache index
+
+ physical_line_partition: number of physical cache line per cache tag
+
+ shared_cpu_list: the list of logical cpus sharing the cache
+
+ shared_cpu_map: logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing
+ the cache
+
+ size: the total cache size in kB
+
+ type:
+ - Instruction: cache that only holds instructions
+ - Data: cache that only caches data
+ - Unified: cache that holds both data and instructions
+
+ ways_of_associativity: degree of freedom in placing a particular block
+ of memory in the cache
+
+ write_policy:
+ - WriteThrough: data is written to both the cache line
+ and to the block in the lower-level memory
+ - WriteBack: data is written only to the cache line and
+ the modified cache line is written to main
+ memory only when it is replaced
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b82deea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: state
+Date: Sep 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com>
+Description: The state file allows a means by which to change in and
+ out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the
+ ability to query the current state.
+ 0 => PRTM off
+ 1 => PRTM enabled
+Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface.
+
+
+What: version
+Date: Sep 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com>
+Description: The version file provides a means by which to query
+ the RTL table version that lives in the Extended
+ BIOS Data Area (EBDA).
+Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface.
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ca02fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com>
+Description:
+ A collection of global/individual Xen physical cpu attributes
+
+ Individual physical cpu attributes are contained in
+ subdirectories named by the Xen's logical cpu number, e.g.:
+ /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/online
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Interface to online/offline Xen physical cpus
+
+ When running under Xen platform, it provide user interface
+ to online/offline physical cpus, except cpu0 due to several
+ logic restrictions and assumptions.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64ac6d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/version
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Unique bitstream identification e.g.
+ '0000000330336283.00000000475a4950'.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/appid
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Identifies the currently active card application e.g. 'GZIP'
+ for compression/decompression.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/type
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Type of the card e.g. 'GenWQE5-A7'.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_bitstream
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Currently active bitstream. 1 is default, 0 is backup.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/next_bitstream
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to set the next bitstream to be used.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/reload_bitstream
+Date: May 2014
+Contact: klebers@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to trigger a PCIe card reset to reload the bitstream.
+ sudo sh -c 'echo 1 > \
+ /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe0_card/reload_bitstream'
+ If successfully, the card will come back with the bitstream set
+ on 'next_bitstream'.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/tempsens
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to read the cards temperature sense register.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/freerunning_timer
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to read the cards free running timer.
+ Used for performance and utilization measurements.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to read queue working time.
+ Used for performance and utilization measurements.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/state
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: State of the card: "unused", "used", "error".
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/base_clock
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Base clock frequency of the card.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/device/sriov_numvfs
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Enable VFs (1..15):
+ sudo sh -c 'echo 15 > \
+ /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:1b\:00.0/sriov_numvfs'
+ Disable VFs:
+ Write a 0 into the same sysfs entry.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48942ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: For USB devices : /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor
+ For BT devices : /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor
+ Symlink : /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/report_descriptor
+Date: Jan 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.0.39
+Contact: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
+Description: When read, this file returns the device's raw binary HID
+ report descriptor.
+ This file cannot be written.
+Users: HIDAPI library (http://www.signal11.us/oss/hidapi)
+
+What: For USB devices : /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country
+ For BT devices : /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country
+ Symlink : /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/country
+Date: February 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Olivier Gay <ogay@logitech.com>
+Description: When read, this file returns the hex integer value in ASCII
+ of the device's HID country code (e.g. 21 for US).
+ This file cannot be written.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8827f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/bus/drivers/corsair/<dev>/macro_mode
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Clement Vuchener <clement.vuchener@gmail.com>
+Description: Get/set the current playback mode. "SW" for software mode
+ where G-keys triggers their regular key codes. "HW" for
+ hardware playback mode where the G-keys play their macro
+ from the on-board memory.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/drivers/corsair/<dev>/current_profile
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Clement Vuchener <clement.vuchener@gmail.com>
+Description: Get/set the current selected profile. Values are from 1 to 3.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53a0725
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_to_select
+Date: July 2011
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be
+ is being controlled by press_speed.
+ Values are 0 or 1.
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging
+Date: July 2011
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled.
+ Values are 0 or 1.
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select
+Date: July 2011
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: For details regarding this setting please refer to http://www.pc.ibm.com/ww/healthycomputing/trkpntb.html
+ Values are 0 or 1.
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/select_right
+Date: July 2011
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate
+ a left or right mouse button click.
+ Values are 0 or 1.
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity
+Date: July 2011
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This file contains the trackpoint sensitivity.
+ Values are decimal integers from 1 (lowest sensitivity) to 255 (highest sensitivity).
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_speed
+Date: July 2011
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled.
+ Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest).
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fn_lock
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This setting controls whether Fn Lock is enabled on the keyboard (i.e. if F1 is Mute or F1)
+ Values are 0 or 1
+ Applies to ThinkPad Compact (USB|Bluetooth) Keyboard with TrackPoint.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db197a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/range
+Date: July 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net>
+Description: Display minimum, maximum and current range of the steering
+ wheel. Writing a value within min and max boundaries sets the
+ range of the wheel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/alternate_modes
+Date: Feb 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net>
+Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each
+ mode is listed as follows:
+ Tag: Mode Name
+ Currently active mode is marked with an asterisk. List also
+ contains an abstract item "native" which always denotes the
+ native mode of the wheel. Echoing the mode tag switches the
+ wheel into the corresponding mode. Depending on the exact model
+ of the wheel not all listed modes might always be selectable.
+ If a wheel cannot be switched into the desired mode, -EINVAL
+ is returned accompanied with an explanatory message in the
+ kernel log.
+ This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode.
+
+ Currently supported mode switches:
+ Driving Force Pro:
+ DF-EX --> DFP
+
+ G25:
+ DF-EX --> DFP --> G25
+
+ G27:
+ DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27
+ DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27
+ DF-EX <*----------------> G27
+
+ DFGT:
+ DF-EX <*> DFP <-> DFGT
+ DF-EX <*--------> DFGT
+
+ * hid_logitech module must be loaded with lg4ff_no_autoswitch=1
+ parameter set in order for the switch to DF-EX mode to work.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/real_id
+Date: Feb 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net>
+Description: Displays the real model of the wheel regardless of any
+ alternate mode the wheel might be switched to.
+ It is a read-only value.
+ This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f79839d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/quirks
+Date: November 2011
+Contact: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute corresponds to the
+ quirks actually in place to handle the device's protocol.
+ When read, this attribute returns the current settings (see
+ MT_QUIRKS_* in hid-multitouch.c).
+ When written this attribute change on the fly the quirks, then
+ the protocol to handle the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08579e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description: Make it possible to switch the PicoLCD device between LCD
+ (firmware) and bootloader (flasher) operation modes.
+
+ Reading: returns list of available modes, the active mode being
+ enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']')
+
+ Writing: causes operation mode switch. Permitted values are
+ the non-active mode names listed when read.
+
+ Note: when switching mode the current PicoLCD HID device gets
+ disconnected and reconnects after above delay (see attribute
+ operation_mode_delay for its value).
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode_delay
+Date: April 2010
+Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description: Delay PicoLCD waits before restarting in new mode when
+ operation_mode has changed.
+
+ Reading/Writing: It is expressed in ms and permitted range is
+ 0..30000ms.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fb_update_rate
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description: Make it possible to adjust defio refresh rate.
+
+ Reading: returns list of available refresh rates (expressed in Hz),
+ the active refresh rate being enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']')
+
+ Writing: accepts new refresh rate expressed in integer Hz
+ within permitted rates.
+
+ Note: As device can barely do 2 complete refreshes a second
+ it only makes sense to adjust this value if only one or two
+ tiles get changed and it's not appropriate to expect the application
+ to flush it's tiny changes explicitely at higher than default rate.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05d988c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../channel
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.34
+Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Allows control (via software) the midi channel to which
+ that the pc-midi keyboard will output.midi data.
+ Range: 0..15
+ Type: Read/write
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../sustain
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.34
+Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Allows control (via software) the sustain duration of a
+ note held by the pc-midi driver.
+ 0 means sustain mode is disabled.
+ Range: 0..5000 (milliseconds)
+ Type: Read/write
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../octave
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.34
+Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Controls the octave shift modifier in the pc-midi driver.
+ The octave can be shifted via software up/down 2 octaves.
+ 0 means the no ocatve shift.
+ Range: -2..2 (minus 2 to plus 2)
+ Type: Read/Write
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ca3971
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_dpi
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the
+ press of a button.
+ When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi
+ setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
+ processed to receive the real dpi value.
+
+ VALUE DPI
+ 1 800
+ 2 1200
+ 3 1600
+ 4 2000
+ 5 2400
+ 6 3200
+
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_profile
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile.
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/firmware_version
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+ firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+ further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+ number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+ left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/profile[1-5]
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile holds information like button
+ mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light
+ effects.
+ When read, these files return the respective profile. The
+ returned data is 975 bytes in size.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number
+ stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the
+ store.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/settings
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
+ The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the
+ startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data.
+ When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
+ The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
+ data.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/startup_profile
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
+ that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+ When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
+ and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/tcu
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user
+ calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface.
+ When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU,
+ where 0 means off and 1 means on.
+ Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off.
+ Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes
+ around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights
+ ranging from 5 to 20 grams which are recognized by the mouse
+ and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the
+ raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing
+ in other software.
+ The values map to the weights as follows:
+
+ VALUE WEIGHT
+ 0 none
+ 1 5g
+ 2 10g
+ 3 15g
+ 4 20g
+
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0eba70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM1
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM2
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM3
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM4
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM5
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM6
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM7
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM8
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM9
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM10
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM11
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM12
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM13
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM14
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM15
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPMALL
+Date: Jan 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.9
+Contact: Simon Wood <simon@mungewell.org>
+Description: Provides a control for turning on/off the LEDs which form
+ an RPM meter on the front of the controller
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39dfa5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led1
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led2
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led3
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led4
+Date: July 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
+Description: Make it possible to set/get current led state. Reading from it
+ returns 0 if led is off and 1 if it is on. Writing 0 to it
+ disables the led, writing 1 enables it.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/extension
+Date: August 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
+Description: This file contains the currently connected and initialized
+ extensions. It can be one of: none, motionp, nunchuck, classic,
+ motionp+nunchuck, motionp+classic
+ motionp is the official Nintendo Motion+ extension, nunchuck is
+ the official Nintendo Nunchuck extension and classic is the
+ Nintendo Classic Controller extension. The motionp extension can
+ be combined with the other two.
+ Starting with kernel-version 3.11 Motion Plus hotplugging is
+ supported and if detected, it's no longer reported as static
+ extension. You will get uevent notifications for the motion-plus
+ device then.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/devtype
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
+Description: While a device is initialized by the wiimote driver, we perform
+ a device detection and signal a "change" uevent after it is
+ done. This file shows the detected device type. "pending" means
+ that the detection is still ongoing, "unknown" means, that the
+ device couldn't be detected or loaded. "generic" means, that the
+ device couldn't be detected but supports basic Wii Remote
+ features and can be used.
+ Other strings for each device-type are available and may be
+ added if new device-specific detections are added.
+ Currently supported are:
+ gen10: First Wii Remote generation
+ gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation (builtin MP)
+ balanceboard: Wii Balance Board
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/bboard_calib
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
+Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a
+ balance board. It provides a single line with 3 calibration
+ values for all 4 sensors. The values are separated by colons and
+ are each 2 bytes long (encoded as 4 digit hexadecimal value).
+ First, 0kg values for all 4 sensors are written, followed by the
+ 17kg values for all 4 sensors and last the 34kg values for all 4
+ sensors.
+ Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input
+ values but may be used by user-space to perform other
+ transformations.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/pro_calib
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
+Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a
+ pro-controller. It provides a single line with 4 calibration
+ values for all 4 analog sticks. Format is: "x1:y1 x2:y2". Data
+ is prefixed with a +/-. Each value is a signed 16bit number.
+ Data is encoded as decimal numbers and specifies the offsets of
+ the analog sticks of the pro-controller.
+ Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input
+ values but may be used by user-space to perform other
+ transformations.
+ Calibration data is detected by the kernel during device setup.
+ You can write "scan\n" into this file to re-trigger calibration.
+ You can also write data directly in the form "x1:y1 x2:y2" to
+ set the calibration values manually.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5e671b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/startup
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Carlo Caione <carlo@caione.org>
+Description: Startup time in us. Board is powered on if the button is pressed
+ for more than <startup_time>
+
+What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/shutdown
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Carlo Caione <carlo@caione.org>
+Description: Shutdown time in us. Board is powered off if the button is pressed
+ for more than <shutdown_time>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a7d2e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_events
+Date: July 2, 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org>
+Description: An integer representing a set of wakeup events as follows:
+ 1: Wake to enter hibernation when the wakeup timer expires
+ 2: Wake to enter hibernation when the battery reaches a
+ critical level
+
+ These values are ORed together. For example, a value of 3
+ indicates that the system will wake to enter hibernation when
+ either the wakeup timer expires or the battery reaches a
+ critical level.
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_time
+Date: July 2, 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org>
+Description: An integer representing the length of time the system will
+ remain asleep before waking up to enter hibernation.
+ This value is in minutes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a733bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks
+Date: Oct 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org
+Description:
+ If the permissive attribute is set, then writing a string in
+ the format of DDDD:BB:DD.F-REG:SIZE:MASK will allow the guest
+ to write and read from the PCI device. That is Domain:Bus:
+ Device.Function-Register:Size:Mask (Domain is optional).
+ For example:
+ #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks
+ will allow the guest to read and write to the configuration
+ register 0x0E.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9921ef2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/
+Date: August 2012
+Kernel Version: 3.6
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This folder includes the attributes related with PPI (Physical
+ Presence Interface). Only if TPM is supported by BIOS, this
+ folder makes sense. The folder path can be got by command
+ 'find /sys/ -name 'pcrs''. For the detail information of PPI,
+ please refer to the PPI specification from
+
+ http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/
+
+ In Linux 4.2 ppi was moved to the character device directory.
+ A symlink from tpmX/device/ppi to tpmX/ppi to provide backwards
+ compatibility.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/version
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This attribute shows the version of the PPI supported by the
+ platform.
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/request
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This attribute shows the request for an operation to be
+ executed in the pre-OS environment. It is the only input from
+ the OS to the pre-OS environment. The request should be an
+ integer value range from 1 to 160, and 0 means no request.
+ This file can be read and written.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/response
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This attribute shows the response to the most recent operation
+ request it acted upon. The format is "<request> <response num>
+ : <response description>".
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/transition_action
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This attribute shows the platform-specific action that should
+ take place in order to transition to the BIOS for execution of
+ a requested operation. The format is "<action num>: <action
+ description>".
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/tcg_operations
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an
+ operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS
+ for the requests defined by TCG, i.e. requests from 1 to 22.
+ The format is "<request> <status num>: <status description>".
+ This attribute is only supported by PPI version 1.2+.
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/vs_operations
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an
+ operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS
+ for the verdor specific requests, i.e. requests from 128 to
+ 255. The format is same with tcg_operations. This attribute
+ is also only supported by PPI version 1.2+.
+ This file is readonly.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63c1ad0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level
+Date: January 1, 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.33
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels"
+ that are can be modified by a function key, and by this
+ sysfs file. These values don't always make a whole lot
+ of sense, but some users like to modify them to keep
+ their fans quiet at all costs. Reading from this file
+ will show the current performance level. Writing to the
+ file can change this value.
+ Valid options:
+ "silent"
+ "normal"
+ "overclock"
+ Note that not all laptops support all of these options.
+ Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option,
+ and it's still unknown if this value even changes
+ anything, other than making the user feel a bit better.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/battery_life_extender
+Date: December 1, 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
+Description: Max battery charge level can be modified, battery cycle
+ life can be extended by reducing the max battery charge
+ level.
+ 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge)
+ 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge)
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/usb_charge
+Date: December 1, 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
+Description: Use your USB ports to charge devices, even
+ when your laptop is powered off.
+ 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/lid_handling
+Date: December 11, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Julijonas Kikutis <julijonas.kikutis@gmail.com>
+Description: Some Samsung laptops handle lid closing quicker and
+ only handle lid opening with this mode enabled.
+ 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba5d770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /sys/bus/scsi/drivers/st/debug_flag
+Date: October 2015
+Kernel Version: ?.?
+Contact: shane.seymour@hpe.com
+Description:
+ This file allows you to turn debug output from the st driver
+ off if you write a '0' to the file or on if you write a '1'.
+ Note that debug output requires that the module be compiled
+ with the #define DEBUG set to a non-zero value (this is the
+ default). If DEBUG is set to 0 then this file will not
+ appear in sysfs as its presence is conditional upon debug
+ output support being compiled into the module.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69f5af6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /sys/devices/*/<our-device>/fuse
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Peter De Schrijver <pdeschrijver@nvidia.com>
+Description: read-only access to the efuses on Tegra20, Tegra30, Tegra114
+ and Tegra124 SoC's from NVIDIA. The efuses contain write once
+ data programmed at the factory. The data is layed out in 32bit
+ words in LSB first format. Each bit represents a single value
+ as decoded from the fuse registers. Bits order/assignment
+ exactly matches the HW registers, including any unused bits.
+Users: any user space application which wants to read the efuses on
+ Tegra SoC's
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eed922e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_mode
+Date: June 8, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the keyboard backlight operation mode, valid
+ values are:
+ * 0x1 -> FN-Z
+ * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER)
+ * 0x8 -> ON
+ * 0x10 -> OFF
+ Note that from kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed
+ parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and
+ AUTO).
+ Also note that toggling this value on type 1 devices, requires
+ a reboot for changes to take effect.
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_timeout
+Date: June 8, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the timeout of the keyboard backlight
+ whenever the operation mode is set to AUTO (or TIMER),
+ valid values range from 0-60.
+ Note that the kernel 3.15 only had support for the first
+ keyboard type, the kernel 3.16 added support for the second
+ type and the range accepted for type 2 is 1-60.
+ See the entry named "kbd_type"
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/position
+Date: June 8, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file shows the absolute position of the built-in
+ accelereometer.
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/touchpad
+Date: June 8, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This files controls the status of the touchpad and pointing
+ stick (if available), valid values are:
+ * 0 -> OFF
+ * 1 -> ON
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/available_kbd_modes
+Date: August 3, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file shows the supported keyboard backlight modes
+ the system supports, which can be:
+ * 0x1 -> FN-Z
+ * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER)
+ * 0x8 -> ON
+ * 0x10 -> OFF
+ Note that not all keyboard types support the listed modes.
+ See the entry named "available_kbd_modes"
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_type
+Date: August 3, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file shows the current keyboard backlight type,
+ which can be:
+ * 1 -> Type 1, supporting modes FN-Z and AUTO
+ * 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_charge
+Date: January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the USB Sleep & Charge charging mode, which
+ can be:
+ * 0 -> Disabled (0x00)
+ * 1 -> Alternate (0x09)
+ * 2 -> Auto (0x21)
+ * 3 -> Typical (0x11)
+ Note that from kernel 4.1 onwards this file accepts all listed
+ values, kernel 4.0 only supports the first three.
+ Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if
+ you want to use it under battery, see the entry named
+ "sleep_functions_on_battery"
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/sleep_functions_on_battery
+Date: January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the USB Sleep Functions under battery, and
+ set the level at which point they will be disabled, accepted
+ values can be:
+ * 0 -> Disabled
+ * 1-100 -> Battery level to disable sleep functions
+ Currently it prints two values, the first one indicates if the
+ feature is enabled or disabled, while the second one shows the
+ current battery level set.
+ Note that when the value is set to disabled, the sleep function
+ will only work when connected to power.
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_rapid_charge
+Date: January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the USB Rapid Charge state, which can be:
+ * 0 -> Disabled
+ * 1 -> Enabled
+ Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+ take effect.
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_music
+Date: January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the Sleep & Music state, which values can be:
+ * 0 -> Disabled
+ * 1 -> Enabled
+ Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if
+ you want to use it under battery, see the entry named
+ "sleep_functions_on_battery"
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/version
+Date: February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file shows the current version of the driver
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/fan
+Date: February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid
+ values are:
+ * 0 -> OFF
+ * 1 -> ON
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_function_keys
+Date: February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation
+ mode, valid values are:
+ * 0 -> Normal Operation
+ * 1 -> Special Functions
+ In the "Normal Operation" mode, the F{1-12} keys are as usual
+ and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}.
+ In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the
+ hotkey and the F{1-12} keys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}.
+ Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+ take effect.
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/panel_power_on
+Date: February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever
+ the LID is opened, valid values are:
+ * 0 -> Disabled
+ * 1 -> Enabled
+ Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+ take effect.
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_three
+Date: February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are:
+ * 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2)
+ * 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality)
+ Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+ take effect.
+Users: KToshiba
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a662370
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/protection_level
+Date: August 16, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the built-in accelerometer protection level,
+ valid values are:
+ * 0 -> Disabled
+ * 1 -> Low
+ * 2 -> Medium
+ * 3 -> High
+ The default potection value is set to 2 (Medium).
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/reset_protection
+Date: August 16, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file turns off the built-in accelerometer for a few
+ seconds and then restore normal operation. Accepting 1 as the
+ only parameter.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dca4293
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/speed
+Date: April 2010
+Kernel Version: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/speed file
+ controls reporting speed of Wacom bluetooth tablet. Reading
+ from this file returns 1 if tablet reports in high speed mode
+ or 0 otherwise. Writing to this file one of these values
+ switches reporting speed.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/led
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Attribute group for control of the status LEDs and the OLEDs.
+ This attribute group is only available for Intuos 4 M, L,
+ and XL (with LEDs and OLEDs), Intuos 4 WL, Intuos 5 (LEDs only),
+ Intuos Pro (LEDs only) and Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD
+ (LEDs only). Therefore its presence implicitly signifies the
+ presence of said LEDs and OLEDs on the tablet device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status0_luminance
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127)
+ when the stylus does not touch the tablet surface, and no
+ button is pressed on the stylus. This luminance level is
+ normally lower than the level when a button is pressed.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status1_luminance
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127)
+ when the stylus touches the tablet surface, or any button is
+ pressed on the stylus.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status_led0_select
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing to this file sets which one of the four (for Intuos 4
+ and Intuos 5) or of the right four (for Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq
+ 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on the
+ same side are always inactive.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status_led1_select
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing to this file sets which one of the left four (for Cintiq 21UX2
+ and Cintiq 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on
+ the left are always inactive.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/buttons_luminance
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing to this file sets the overall luminance level (0..15)
+ of all eight button OLED displays.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/button<n>_rawimg
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ When writing a 1024 byte raw image in Wacom Intuos 4
+ interleaving format to the file, the image shows up on Button N
+ of the device. The image is a 64x32 pixel 4-bit gray image. The
+ 1024 byte binary is split up into 16x 64 byte chunks. Each 64
+ byte chunk encodes the image data for two consecutive lines on
+ the display. The low nibble of each byte contains the first
+ line, and the high nibble contains the second line.
+ When the Wacom Intuos 4 is connected over Bluetooth, the
+ image has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour).
+ The format is also scrambled, like in the USB mode, and it can
+ be summarized by converting 76543210 into GECA6420.
+ HGFEDCBA HFDB7531
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_remote/unpair_remote
+Date: July 2015
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing the character sequence '*' followed by a newline to
+ this file will delete all of the current pairings on the
+ device. Other character sequences are reserved. This file is
+ write only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_remote/<serial_number>/remote_mode
+Date: July 2015
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reading from this file reports the mode status of the
+ remote as indicated by the LED lights on the device. If no
+ reports have been received from the paired device, reading
+ from this file will report '-1'. The mode is read-only
+ and cannot be set through the driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bb43b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_buffer_pages
+Date: March 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
+Description:
+ Maximum number of free pages to keep in each block
+ backend buffer.
+
+What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_persistent_grants
+Date: March 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
+Description:
+ Maximum number of grants to map persistently in
+ blkback. If the frontend tries to use more than
+ max_persistent_grants, the LRU kicks in and starts
+ removing 5% of max_persistent_grants every 100ms.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0a6cb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/max
+Date: June 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Maximum number of segments that the frontend will negotiate
+ with the backend for indirect descriptors. The default value
+ is 32 - higher value means more potential throughput but more
+ memory usage. The backend picks the minimum of the frontend
+ and its default backend value.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4436cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/acpi/bgrt/
+Date: January 2012
+Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The BGRT is an ACPI 5.0 feature that allows the OS
+ to obtain a copy of the firmware boot splash and
+ some associated metadata. This is intended to be used
+ by boot splash applications in order to interact with
+ the firmware boot splash in order to avoid jarring
+ transitions.
+
+ image: The image bitmap. Currently a 32-bit BMP.
+ status: 1 if the image is valid, 0 if firmware invalidated it.
+ type: 0 indicates image is in BMP format.
+ version: The version of the BGRT. Currently 1.
+ xoffset: The number of pixels between the left of the screen
+ and the left edge of the image.
+ yoffset: The number of pixels between the top of the screen
+ and the top edge of the image.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/
+Date: February 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ There are separate hotplug profiles for different classes of
+ devices supported by ACPI, such as containers, memory modules,
+ processors, PCI root bridges etc. A hotplug profile for a given
+ class of devices is a collection of settings defining the way
+ that class of devices will be handled by the ACPI core hotplug
+ code. Those profiles are represented in sysfs as subdirectories
+ of /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/.
+
+ The following setting is available to user space for each
+ hotplug profile:
+
+ enabled: If set, the ACPI core will handle notifications of
+ hotplug events associated with the given class of
+ devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with
+ the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it
+ effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding
+ class of devices.
+
+ The value of the above attribute is an integer number: 1 (set)
+ or 0 (unset). Attempts to write any other values to it will
+ cause -EINVAL to be returned.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/force_remove
+Date: May 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The number in this file (0 or 1) determines whether (1) or not
+ (0) the ACPI subsystem will allow devices to be hot-removed even
+ if they cannot be put offline gracefully (from the kernel's
+ viewpoint). That number can be changed by writing a boolean
+ value to this file.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ All ACPI interrupts are handled via a single IRQ,
+ the System Control Interrupt (SCI), which appears
+ as "acpi" in /proc/interrupts.
+
+ However, one of the main functions of ACPI is to make
+ the platform understand random hardware without
+ special driver support. So while the SCI handles a few
+ well known (fixed feature) interrupts sources, such
+ as the power button, it can also handle a variable
+ number of a "General Purpose Events" (GPE).
+
+ A GPE vectors to a specified handler in AML, which
+ can do a anything the BIOS writer wants from
+ OS context. GPE 0x12, for example, would vector
+ to a level or edge handler called _L12 or _E12.
+ The handler may do its business and return.
+ Or the handler may send send a Notify event
+ to a Linux device driver registered on an ACPI device,
+ such as a battery, or a processor.
+
+ To figure out where all the SCI's are coming from,
+ /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts contains a file listing
+ every possible source, and the count of how many
+ times it has triggered.
+
+ $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts
+ $ grep . *
+ error: 0
+ ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable
+ ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid
+ ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable
+ ff_rt_clk: 2 disable
+ ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid
+ gpe00: 0 invalid
+ gpe01: 0 enable
+ gpe02: 108 enable
+ gpe03: 0 invalid
+ gpe04: 0 invalid
+ gpe05: 0 invalid
+ gpe06: 0 enable
+ gpe07: 0 enable
+ gpe08: 0 invalid
+ gpe09: 0 invalid
+ gpe0A: 0 invalid
+ gpe0B: 0 invalid
+ gpe0C: 0 invalid
+ gpe0D: 0 invalid
+ gpe0E: 0 invalid
+ gpe0F: 0 invalid
+ gpe10: 0 invalid
+ gpe11: 0 invalid
+ gpe12: 0 invalid
+ gpe13: 0 invalid
+ gpe14: 0 invalid
+ gpe15: 0 invalid
+ gpe16: 0 invalid
+ gpe17: 1084 enable
+ gpe18: 0 enable
+ gpe19: 0 invalid
+ gpe1A: 0 invalid
+ gpe1B: 0 invalid
+ gpe1C: 0 invalid
+ gpe1D: 0 invalid
+ gpe1E: 0 invalid
+ gpe1F: 0 invalid
+ gpe_all: 1192
+ sci: 1194
+ sci_not: 0
+
+ sci - The number of times the ACPI SCI
+ has been called and claimed an interrupt.
+
+ sci_not - The number of times the ACPI SCI
+ has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt.
+
+ gpe_all - count of SCI caused by GPEs.
+
+ gpeXX - count for individual GPE source
+
+ ff_gbl_lock - Global Lock
+
+ ff_pmtimer - PM Timer
+
+ ff_pwr_btn - Power Button
+
+ ff_rt_clk - Real Time Clock
+
+ ff_slp_btn - Sleep Button
+
+ error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above.
+
+ invalid: it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that
+ doesn't have an event handler.
+
+ disable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled.
+
+ enable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled.
+
+ Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg.
+ # echo 0 > gpe11
+
+ All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci":
+ # echo 0 > sci
+
+ None of these counters has an effect on the function
+ of the system, they are simply statistics.
+
+ Besides this, user can also write specific strings to these files
+ to enable/disable/clear ACPI interrupts in user space, which can be
+ used to debug some ACPI interrupt storm issues.
+
+ Note that only writting to VALID GPE/Fixed Event is allowed,
+ i.e. user can only change the status of runtime GPE and
+ Fixed Event with event handler installed.
+
+ Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid
+ and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown
+ when pressing the power button.
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 0 enabled
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 enabled
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 disabled
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 disabled
+ # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 4 enabled
+ /*
+ * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable bit is cleared,
+ * and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when the enable bit is set again
+ */
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 7 enabled
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 7 enabled
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..210ad44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/
+Date: February 2011
+Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com>
+Description:
+ Many machines' firmware (x86 and ia64) export DMI /
+ SMBIOS tables to the operating system. Getting at this
+ information is often valuable to userland, especially in
+ cases where there are OEM extensions used.
+
+ The kernel itself does not rely on the majority of the
+ information in these tables being correct. It equally
+ cannot ensure that the data as exported to userland is
+ without error either.
+
+ DMI is structured as a large table of entries, where
+ each entry has a common header indicating the type and
+ length of the entry, as well as a firmware-provided
+ 'handle' that is supposed to be unique amongst all
+ entries.
+
+ Some entries are required by the specification, but many
+ others are optional. In general though, users should
+ never expect to find a specific entry type on their
+ system unless they know for certain what their firmware
+ is doing. Machine to machine experiences will vary.
+
+ Multiple entries of the same type are allowed. In order
+ to handle these duplicate entry types, each entry is
+ assigned by the operating system an 'instance', which is
+ derived from an entry type's ordinal position. That is
+ to say, if there are 'N' multiple entries with the same type
+ 'T' in the DMI tables (adjacent or spread apart, it
+ doesn't matter), they will be represented in sysfs as
+ entries "T-0" through "T-(N-1)":
+
+ Example entry directories:
+
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-0
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-1
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-2
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-3
+ ...
+
+ Instance numbers are used in lieu of the firmware
+ assigned entry handles as the kernel itself makes no
+ guarantees that handles as exported are unique, and
+ there are likely firmware images that get this wrong in
+ the wild.
+
+ Each DMI entry in sysfs has the common header values
+ exported as attributes:
+
+ handle : The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this
+ entry by the firmware. This handle may be
+ referred to by other entries.
+ length : The length of the entry, as presented in the
+ entry itself. Note that this is _not the
+ total count of bytes associated with the
+ entry_. This value represents the length of
+ the "formatted" portion of the entry. This
+ "formatted" region is sometimes followed by
+ the "unformatted" region composed of nul
+ terminated strings, with termination signalled
+ by a two nul characters in series.
+ raw : The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the
+ "formatted" portion of the entry, the
+ "unformatted" strings portion of the entry,
+ and the two terminating nul characters.
+ type : The type of the entry. This value is the same
+ as found in the directory name. It indicates
+ how the rest of the entry should be interpreted.
+ instance: The instance ordinal of the entry for the
+ given type. This value is the same as found
+ in the parent directory name.
+ position: The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry
+ within the entirety of the DMI entry table.
+
+ === Entry Specialization ===
+
+ Some entry types may have other information available in
+ sysfs. Not all types are specialized.
+
+ --- Type 15 - System Event Log ---
+
+ This entry allows the firmware to export a log of
+ events the system has taken. This information is
+ typically backed by nvram, but the implementation
+ details are abstracted by this table. This entry's data
+ is exported in the directory:
+
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log
+
+ and has the following attributes (documented in the
+ SMBIOS / DMI specification under "System Event Log (Type 15)":
+
+ area_length
+ header_start_offset
+ data_start_offset
+ access_method
+ status
+ change_token
+ access_method_address
+ header_format
+ per_log_type_descriptor_length
+ type_descriptors_supported_count
+
+ As well, the kernel exports the binary attribute:
+
+ raw_event_log : The raw binary bits of the event log
+ as described by the DMI entry.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff3cac8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/
+Date: April 2015
+Contact: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@globallogic.com>
+Description:
+ The firmware provides DMI structures as a packed list of
+ data referenced by a SMBIOS table entry point. The SMBIOS
+ entry point contains general information, like SMBIOS
+ version, DMI table size, etc. The structure, content and
+ size of SMBIOS entry point is dependent on SMBIOS version.
+ The format of SMBIOS entry point and DMI structures
+ can be read in SMBIOS specification.
+
+ The dmi/tables provides raw SMBIOS entry point and DMI tables
+ through sysfs as an alternative to utilities reading them
+ from /dev/mem. The raw SMBIOS entry point and DMI table are
+ presented as binary attributes and are accessible via:
+
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/smbios_entry_point
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/DMI
+
+ The complete DMI information can be obtained using these two
+ tables.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e794eac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/fw_vendor
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: It shows the physical address of firmware vendor field in the
+ EFI system table.
+Users: Kexec
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: It shows the physical address of runtime service table entry in
+ the EFI system table.
+Users: Kexec
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/config_table
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: It shows the physical address of config table entry in the EFI
+ system table.
+Users: Kexec
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/systab
+Date: April 2005
+Contact: linux-efi@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Displays the physical addresses of all EFI Configuration
+ Tables found via the EFI System Table. The order in
+ which the tables are printed forms an ABI and newer
+ versions are always printed first, i.e. ACPI20 comes
+ before ACPI.
+Users: dmidecode
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e431d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: Provides userland access to read the EFI System Resource Table
+ (ESRT), a catalog of firmware for which can be updated with
+ the UEFI UpdateCapsule mechanism described in section 7.5 of
+ the UEFI Standard.
+Users: fwupdate - https://github.com/rhinstaller/fwupdate
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_count
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The number of entries in the ESRT
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_count_max
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The maximum number of entries that /could/ be registered
+ in the allocation the table is currently in. This is
+ really only useful to the system firmware itself.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_version
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The version of the ESRT structure provided by the firmware.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: Each ESRT entry is identified by a GUID, and each gets a
+ subdirectory under entries/ .
+ example: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry0/
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_type
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: What kind of firmware entry this is:
+ 0 - Unknown
+ 1 - System Firmware
+ 2 - Device Firmware
+ 3 - UEFI Driver
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_class
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: This is the entry's guid, and will match the directory name.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_version
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The version of the firmware currently installed. This is a
+ 32-bit unsigned integer.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/lowest_supported_fw_version
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The lowest version of the firmware that can be installed.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/capsule_flags
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: Flags that must be passed to UpdateCapsule()
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/last_attempt_version
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The last firmware version for which an update was attempted.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/last_attempt_status
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The result of the last firmware update attempt for the
+ firmware resource entry.
+ 0 - Success
+ 1 - Insufficient resources
+ 2 - Incorrect version
+ 3 - Invalid format
+ 4 - Authentication error
+ 5 - AC power event
+ 6 - Battery power event
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c61b9b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: Switching efi runtime services to virtual mode requires
+ that all efi memory ranges which have the runtime attribute
+ bit set to be mapped to virtual addresses.
+
+ The efi runtime services can only be switched to virtual
+ mode once without rebooting. The kexec kernel must maintain
+ the same physical to virtual address mappings as the first
+ kernel. The mappings are exported to sysfs so userspace tools
+ can reassemble them and pass them into the kexec kernel.
+
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ is the directory the kernel
+ exports that information in.
+
+ subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range:
+
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/0
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/1
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/2
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/3
+ ...
+
+ Each subdirectory contains five files:
+
+ attribute : The attributes of the memory range.
+ num_pages : The size of the memory range in pages.
+ phys_addr : The physical address of the memory range.
+ type : The type of the memory range.
+ virt_addr : The virtual address of the memory range.
+
+ Above values are all hexadecimal numbers with the '0x' prefix.
+Users: Kexec
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0faa0aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/gsmi
+Date: March 2011
+Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com>
+Description:
+ Some servers used internally at Google have firmware
+ that provides callback functionality via explicit SMI
+ triggers. Some of the callbacks are similar to those
+ provided by the EFI runtime services page, but due to
+ historical reasons this different entry-point has been
+ used.
+
+ The gsmi driver implements the kernel's abstraction for
+ these firmware callbacks. Currently, this functionality
+ is limited to handling the system event log and getting
+ access to EFI-style variables stored in nvram.
+
+ Layout:
+
+ /sys/firmware/gsmi/vars:
+
+ This directory has the same layout (and
+ underlying implementation as /sys/firmware/efi/vars.
+ See Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
+ for more information on how to interact with
+ this structure.
+
+ /sys/firmware/gsmi/append_to_eventlog - write-only:
+
+ This file takes a binary blob and passes it onto
+ the firmware to be timestamped and appended to
+ the system eventlog. The binary format is
+ interpreted by the firmware and may change from
+ platform to platform. The only kernel-enforced
+ requirement is that the blob be prefixed with a
+ 32bit host-endian type used as part of the
+ firmware call.
+
+ /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_config - write-only:
+
+ Writing any value to this file will cause the
+ entire firmware configuration to be reset to
+ "factory defaults". Callers should assume that
+ a reboot is required for the configuration to be
+ cleared.
+
+ /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_eventlog - write-only:
+
+ This file is used to clear out a portion/the
+ whole of the system event log. Values written
+ should be values between 1 and 100 inclusive (in
+ ASCII) representing the fraction of the log to
+ clear. Not all platforms support fractional
+ clearing though, and this writes to this file
+ will error out if the firmware doesn't like your
+ submitted fraction.
+
+ Callers should assume that a reboot is needed
+ for this operation to complete.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b58e7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/log
+Date: February 2011
+Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/firmware/log is a binary file that represents a
+ read-only copy of the firmware's log if one is
+ available.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eca0d65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/memmap/
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Bernhard Walle <bernhard.walle@gmx.de>
+Description:
+ On all platforms, the firmware provides a memory map which the
+ kernel reads. The resources from that memory map are registered
+ in the kernel resource tree and exposed to userspace via
+ /proc/iomem (together with other resources).
+
+ However, on most architectures that firmware-provided memory
+ map is modified afterwards by the kernel itself, either because
+ the kernel merges that memory map with other information or
+ just because the user overwrites that memory map via command
+ line.
+
+ kexec needs the raw firmware-provided memory map to setup the
+ parameter segment of the kernel that should be booted with
+ kexec. Also, the raw memory map is useful for debugging. For
+ that reason, /sys/firmware/memmap is an interface that provides
+ the raw memory map to userspace.
+
+ The structure is as follows: Under /sys/firmware/memmap there
+ are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name:
+
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/0
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/1
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/2
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/3
+ ...
+
+ The maximum depends on the number of memory map entries provided
+ by the firmware. The order is just the order that the firmware
+ provides.
+
+ Each directory contains three files:
+
+ start : The start address (as hexadecimal number with the
+ '0x' prefix).
+ end : The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the
+ firmware provides inclusive or exclusive ranges).
+ type : Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of
+ valid types.
+
+ So, for example:
+
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/0/start
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/0/end
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/0/type
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/1/start
+ ...
+
+ Currently following types exist:
+
+ - System RAM
+ - ACPI Tables
+ - ACPI Non-volatile Storage
+ - reserved
+
+ Following shell snippet can be used to display that memory
+ map in a human-readable format:
+
+ -------------------- 8< ----------------------------------------
+ #!/bin/bash
+ cd /sys/firmware/memmap
+ for dir in * ; do
+ start=$(cat $dir/start)
+ end=$(cat $dir/end)
+ type=$(cat $dir/type)
+ printf "%016x-%016x (%s)\n" $start $[ $end +1] "$type"
+ done
+ -------------------- >8 ----------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f562b18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/devicetree/*
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ When using OpenFirmware or a Flattened Device Tree to enumerate
+ hardware, the device tree structure will be exposed in this
+ directory.
+
+ It is possible for multiple device-tree directories to exist.
+ Some device drivers use a separate detached device tree which
+ have no attachment to the system tree and will appear in a
+ different subdirectory under /sys/firmware/devicetree.
+
+ Userspace must not use the /sys/firmware/devicetree/base
+ path directly, but instead should follow /proc/device-tree
+ symlink. It is possible that the absolute path will change
+ in the future, but the symlink is the stable ABI.
+
+ The /proc/device-tree symlink replaces the devicetree /proc
+ filesystem support, and has largely the same semantics and
+ should be compatible with existing userspace.
+
+ The contents of /sys/firmware/devicetree/ is a
+ hierarchy of directories, one per device tree node. The
+ directory name is the resolved path component name (node
+ name plus address). Properties are represented as files
+ in the directory. The contents of each file is the exact
+ binary data from the device tree.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4be7d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/sfi/tables/
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ SFI defines a number of small static memory tables
+ so the kernel can get platform information from firmware.
+
+ The tables are defined in the latest SFI specification:
+ http://simplefirmware.org/documentation
+
+ While the tables are used by the kernel, user-space
+ can observe them this way:
+
+ # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables
+ # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4573fd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Russ Anderson <rja@sgi.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory contains information
+ about the SGI UV platform.
+
+ Under that directory are a number of files:
+
+ partition_id
+ coherence_id
+
+ The partition_id entry contains the partition id.
+ SGI UV systems can be partitioned into multiple physical
+ machines, which each partition running a unique copy
+ of the operating system. Each partition will have a unique
+ partition id. To display the partition id, use the command:
+
+ cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/partition_id
+
+ The coherence_id entry contains the coherence id.
+ A partitioned SGI UV system can have one or more coherence
+ domain. The coherence id indicates which coherence domain
+ this partition is in. To display the coherence id, use the
+ command:
+
+ cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/coherence_id
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c631253
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stats
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Controls whether the multiblock allocator should
+ collect statistics, which are shown during the unmount.
+ 1 means to collect statistics, 0 means not to collect
+ statistics
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_group_prealloc
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The multiblock allocator will round up allocation
+ requests to a multiple of this tuning parameter if the
+ stripe size is not set in the ext4 superblock
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_max_to_scan
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The maximum number of extents the multiblock allocator
+ will search to find the best extent
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_min_to_scan
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The minimum number of extents the multiblock allocator
+ will search to find the best extent
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_order2_req
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for
+ requests (as a power of 2) where the buddy cache is
+ used
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stream_req
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Files which have fewer blocks than this tunable
+ parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a
+ block group specific preallocation pool, so that small
+ files are packed closely together. Each large file
+ will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique
+ preallocation pool.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead_blks
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Tuning parameter which controls the maximum number of
+ inode table blocks that ext4's inode table readahead
+ algorithm will pre-read into the buffer cache
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/delayed_allocation_blocks
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ This file is read-only and shows the number of blocks
+ that are dirty in the page cache, but which do not
+ have their location in the filesystem allocated yet.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/lifetime_write_kbytes
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ This file is read-only and shows the number of kilobytes
+ of data that have been written to this filesystem since it was
+ created.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/session_write_kbytes
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ This file is read-only and shows the number of
+ kilobytes of data that have been written to this
+ filesystem since it was mounted.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_goal
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls the goal
+ inode used by the inode allocator in preference to
+ all other allocation heuristics. This is intended for
+ debugging use only, and should be 0 on production
+ systems.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/max_writeback_mb_bump
+Date: September 2009
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The maximum number of megabytes the writeback code will
+ try to write out before move on to another inode.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/extent_max_zeroout_kb
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The maximum number of kilobytes which will be zeroed
+ out in preference to creating a new uninitialized
+ extent when manipulating an inode's extent tree. Note
+ that using a larger value will increase the
+ variability of time necessary to complete a random
+ write operation (since a 4k random write might turn
+ into a much larger write due to the zeroout
+ operation).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0345f2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_max_sleep_time
+Date: July 2013
+Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the maximun sleep time for gc_thread. Time
+ is in milliseconds.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_min_sleep_time
+Date: July 2013
+Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the minimum sleep time for gc_thread. Time
+ is in milliseconds.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_no_gc_sleep_time
+Date: July 2013
+Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the default sleep time for gc_thread. Time
+ is in milliseconds.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_idle
+Date: July 2013
+Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the victim selection policy for garbage collection.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reclaim_segments
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the issue rate of segment discard commands.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ipu_policy
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the in-place-update policy.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ipu_util
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the FS utilization condition for the in-place-update
+ policies.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_fsync_blocks
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Controls the dirty page count condition for the in-place-update
+ policies.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_small_discards
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the issue rate of small discard commands.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_victim_search
+Date: January 2014
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the number of trials to find a victim segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dir_level
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the directory level for large directory.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ram_thresh
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the memory footprint used by f2fs.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/trim_sections
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Controls the trimming rate in batch mode.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/cp_interval
+Date: October 2015
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Controls the checkpoint timing.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ra_nid_pages
+Date: October 2015
+Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao2.yu@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Controls the count of nid pages to be readaheaded.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..304ba84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/revision
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show current revision of NILFS file system driver.
+ This value informs about file system revision that
+ driver is ready to support.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/features group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/revision
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show NILFS file system revision on volume.
+ This value informs about metadata structures'
+ revision on mounted volume.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/blocksize
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show volume's block size in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/device_size
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show volume size in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/free_blocks
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show count of free blocks on volume.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/uuid
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show volume's UUID (Universally Unique Identifier).
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/volume_name
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show volume's label.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device> group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_time
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show last write time of super block in human-readable
+ format.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_time_secs
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show last write time of super block in seconds.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_count
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show current write count of super block.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_update_frequency
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show/Set interval of periodical update of superblock
+ (in seconds).
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock
+ group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_pseg_block
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show start block number of the latest segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_sequence
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show sequence value of the latest segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_checkpoint
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show checkpoint number of the latest segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/current_seg_sequence
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show segment sequence counter.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/current_last_full_seg
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show index number of the latest full segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_full_seg
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show index number of the full segment index
+ to be used next.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_pseg_offset
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show offset of next partial segment in the current
+ full segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_checkpoint
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show next checkpoint number.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_write_time
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show write time of the last segment in
+ human-readable format.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_write_time_secs
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show write time of the last segment in seconds.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_nongc_write_time
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner
+ operation in human-readable format.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_nongc_write_time_secs
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner
+ operation in seconds.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/dirty_data_blocks_count
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of dirty data blocks.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor
+ group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/segments_number
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of segments on a volume.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/blocks_per_segment
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of blocks in segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/clean_segments
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show count of clean segments.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/dirty_segments
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show count of dirty segments.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments
+ group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/checkpoints_number
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of checkpoints on volume.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/snapshots_number
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of snapshots on volume.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/last_seg_checkpoint
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show checkpoint number of the latest segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/next_checkpoint
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show next checkpoint number.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints
+ group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe content of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots
+ group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/inodes_count
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of inodes for snapshot.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/blocks_count
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of blocks for snapshot.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>
+ group.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea0cc8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_head_lsn
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com
+Description:
+ The log sequence number (LSN) of the current head of the
+ log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format.
+Users: xfstests
+
+What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_tail_lsn
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com
+Description:
+ The log sequence number (LSN) of the current tail of the
+ log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format.
+
+What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/reserve_grant_head
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com
+Description:
+ The current state of the log reserve grant head. It
+ represents the total log reservation of all currently
+ outstanding transactions. The grant head is exported in
+ "cycle:bytes" format.
+Users: xfstests
+
+What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/write_grant_head
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com
+Description:
+ The current state of the log write grant head. It
+ represents the total log reservation of all currently
+ oustanding transactions, including regrants due to
+ rolling transactions. The grant head is exported in
+ "cycle:bytes" format.
+Users: xfstests
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55ffa2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What: /sys/class/gpio/
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:
+
+ As a Kconfig option, individual GPIO signals may be accessed from
+ userspace. GPIOs are only made available to userspace by an explicit
+ "export" operation. If a given GPIO is not claimed for use by
+ kernel code, it may be exported by userspace (and unexported later).
+ Kernel code may export it for complete or partial access.
+
+ GPIOs are identified as they are inside the kernel, using integers in
+ the range 0..INT_MAX. See Documentation/gpio.txt for more information.
+
+ /sys/class/gpio
+ /export ... asks the kernel to export a GPIO to userspace
+ /unexport ... to return a GPIO to the kernel
+ /gpioN ... for each exported GPIO #N OR
+ /<LINE-NAME> ... for a properly named GPIO line
+ /value ... always readable, writes fail for input GPIOs
+ /direction ... r/w as: in, out (default low); write: high, low
+ /edge ... r/w as: none, falling, rising, both
+ /gpiochipN ... for each gpiochip; #N is its first GPIO
+ /base ... (r/o) same as N
+ /label ... (r/o) descriptive, not necessarily unique
+ /ngpio ... (r/o) number of GPIOs; numbered N to N + (ngpio - 1)
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-pmu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-pmu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..224faa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-pmu
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/hypervisor/pmu/pmu_mode
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Describes mode that Xen's performance-monitoring unit (PMU)
+ uses. Accepted values are
+ "off" -- PMU is disabled
+ "self" -- The guest can profile itself
+ "hv" -- The guest can profile itself and, if it is
+ privileged (e.g. dom0), the hypervisor
+ "all" -- The guest can profile itself, the hypervisor
+ and all other guests. Only available to
+ privileged guests.
+
+What: /sys/hypervisor/pmu/pmu_features
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Describes Xen PMU features (as an integer). A set bit indicates
+ that the corresponding feature is enabled. See
+ include/xen/interface/xenpmu.h for available features
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..585962a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<devaddr>/pressure0_input
+Date: June 2010
+Contact: Christoph Mair <christoph.mair@gmail.com>
+Description: Start a pressure measurement and read the result. Values
+ represent the ambient air pressure in pascal (0.01 millibar).
+
+ Reading: returns the current air pressure.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<devaddr>/temp0_input
+Date: June 2010
+Contact: Christoph Mair <christoph.mair@gmail.com>
+Description: Measure the ambient temperature. The returned value represents
+ the ambient temperature in units of 0.1 degree celsius.
+
+ Reading: returns the current temperature.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<devaddr>/oversampling
+Date: June 2010
+Contact: Christoph Mair <christoph.mair@gmail.com>
+Description: Tell the bmp085 to use more samples to calculate a pressure
+ value. When writing to this file the chip will use 2^x samples
+ to calculate the next pressure value with x being the value
+ written. Using this feature will decrease RMS noise and
+ increase the measurement time.
+
+ Reading: returns the current oversampling setting.
+
+ Writing: sets a new oversampling setting.
+ Accepted values: 0..3.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cac3930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator
+Date: November 2007
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org>
+Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator directory will contain
+ files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table initiator data.
+ Usually this contains the Initiator name.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX
+Date: November 2007
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org>
+Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX directory will contain
+ files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table target data.
+ Usually this contains the target's IP address, boot LUN,
+ target name, and what NIC it is associated with. It can also
+ contain the CHAP name (and password), the reverse CHAP
+ name (and password)
+
+What: /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX
+Date: November 2007
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org>
+Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX directory will contain
+ files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table NIC data.
+ Usually this contains the IP address, MAC, and gateway of the NIC.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eca38ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/boot_params
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: The /sys/kernel/boot_params directory contains two
+ files: "data" and "version" and one subdirectory "setup_data".
+ It is used to export the kernel boot parameters of an x86
+ platform to userspace for kexec and debugging purpose.
+
+ If there's no setup_data in boot_params the subdirectory will
+ not be created.
+
+ "data" file is the binary representation of struct boot_params.
+
+ "version" file is the string representation of boot
+ protocol version.
+
+ "setup_data" subdirectory contains the setup_data data
+ structure in boot_params. setup_data is maintained in kernel
+ as a link list. In "setup_data" subdirectory there's one
+ subdirectory for each link list node named with the number
+ of the list nodes. The list node subdirectory contains two
+ files "type" and "data". "type" file is the string
+ representation of setup_data type. "data" file is the binary
+ representation of setup_data payload.
+
+ The whole boot_params directory structure is like below:
+ /sys/kernel/boot_params
+ |__ data
+ |__ setup_data
+ | |__ 0
+ | | |__ data
+ | | |__ type
+ | |__ 1
+ | |__ data
+ | |__ type
+ |__ version
+
+Users: Kexec
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50a3033
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/fscaps
+Date: February 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de>
+Description
+ Shows whether file system capabilities are honored
+ when executing a binary
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b31556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: v3.5
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/ contains a number of sub-
+ directories, each representing an IOMMU group. The
+ name of the sub-directory matches the iommu_group_id()
+ for the group, which is an integer value. Within each
+ subdirectory is another directory named "devices" with
+ links to the sysfs devices contained in this group.
+ The group directory also optionally contains a "name"
+ file if the IOMMU driver has chosen to register a more
+ common name for the group.
+Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bf42a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/livepatch
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Interface for kernel live patching
+
+ The /sys/kernel/livepatch directory contains subdirectories for
+ each loaded live patch module.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The patch directory contains subdirectories for each kernel
+ object (vmlinux or a module) in which it patched functions.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/enabled
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A writable attribute that indicates whether the patched
+ code is currently applied. Writing 0 will disable the patch
+ while writing 1 will re-enable the patch.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object>
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The object directory contains subdirectories for each function
+ that is patched within the object.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object>/<function>
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The function directory contains attributes regarding the
+ properties and state of the patched function.
+
+ There are currently no such attributes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..190d523
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/mm
+Date: July 2008
+Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, VM maintainers
+Description:
+ /sys/kernel/mm/ should contain any and all VM
+ related information in /sys/kernel/.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e21c005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, hugetlb maintainers
+Description:
+ /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/ contains a number of subdirectories
+ of the form hugepages-<size>kB, where <size> is the page size
+ of the hugepages supported by the kernel/CPU combination.
+
+ Under these directories are a number of files:
+ nr_hugepages
+ nr_overcommit_hugepages
+ free_hugepages
+ surplus_hugepages
+ resv_hugepages
+ See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt for details.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73e653e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm
+Date: September 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.32
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Interface for Kernel Samepage Merging (KSM)
+
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/full_scans
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_shared
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_sharing
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_to_scan
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_unshared
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_volatile
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/run
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/sleep_millisecs
+Date: September 2009
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Kernel Samepage Merging daemon sysfs interface
+
+ full_scans: how many times all mergeable areas have been
+ scanned.
+
+ pages_shared: how many shared pages are being used.
+
+ pages_sharing: how many more sites are sharing them i.e. how
+ much saved.
+
+ pages_to_scan: how many present pages to scan before ksmd goes
+ to sleep.
+
+ pages_unshared: how many pages unique but repeatedly checked
+ for merging.
+
+ pages_volatile: how many pages changing too fast to be placed
+ in a tree.
+
+ run: write 0 to disable ksm, read 0 while ksm is disabled.
+ write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running.
+ write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages.
+
+ sleep_millisecs: how many milliseconds ksm should sleep between
+ scans.
+
+ See Documentation/vm/ksm.txt for more information.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/merge_across_nodes
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.9
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Control merging pages across different NUMA nodes.
+
+ When it is set to 0 only pages from the same node are merged,
+ otherwise pages from all nodes can be merged together (default).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91bd6ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
@@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/slab
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/kernel/slab directory contains a snapshot of the
+ internal state of the SLUB allocator for each cache. Certain
+ files may be modified to change the behavior of the cache (and
+ any cache it aliases, if any).
+Users: kernel memory tuning tools
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/aliases
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The aliases file is read-only and specifies how many caches
+ have merged into this cache.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/align
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The align file is read-only and specifies the cache's object
+ alignment in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_calls
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_calls file is read-only and lists the kernel code
+ locations from which allocations for this cache were performed.
+ The alloc_calls file only contains information if debugging is
+ enabled for that cache (see Documentation/vm/slub.txt).
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_fastpath
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_fastpath file shows how many objects have been
+ allocated using the fast path. It can be written to clear the
+ current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_from_partial file shows how many times a cpu slab has
+ been full and it has been refilled by using a slab from the list
+ of partially used slabs. It can be written to clear the current
+ count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_refill file shows how many times the per-cpu freelist
+ was empty but there were objects available as the result of
+ remote cpu frees. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_slab file is shows how many times a new slab had to
+ be allocated from the page allocator. It can be written to
+ clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_slowpath file shows how many objects have been
+ allocated using the slow path because of a refill or
+ allocation from a partial or new slab. It can be written to
+ clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The cache_dma file is read-only and specifies whether objects
+ are from ZONE_DMA.
+ Available when CONFIG_ZONE_DMA is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpu_slabs
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The cpu_slabs file is read-only and displays how many cpu slabs
+ are active and their NUMA locality.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpuslab_flush
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The file cpuslab_flush shows how many times a cache's cpu slabs
+ have been flushed as the result of destroying or shrinking a
+ cache, a cpu going offline, or as the result of forcing an
+ allocation from a certain node. It can be written to clear the
+ current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The ctor file is read-only and specifies the cache's object
+ constructor function, which is invoked for each object when a
+ new slab is allocated.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_empty
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_empty file shows how many times an empty cpu slab
+ was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_full file shows how many times a full cpu slab
+ was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_remote_frees file shows how many times a cpu slab
+ has been deactivated and contained free objects that were freed
+ remotely. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_to_head file shows how many times a partial cpu
+ slab was deactivated and added to the head of its node's partial
+ list. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_to_tail file shows how many times a partial cpu
+ slab was deactivated and added to the tail of its node's partial
+ list. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The destroy_by_rcu file is read-only and specifies whether
+ slabs (not objects) are freed by rcu.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_add_partial
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_add_partial file shows how many times an object has
+ been freed in a full slab so that it had to added to its node's
+ partial list. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_calls file is read-only and lists the locations of
+ object frees if slab debugging is enabled (see
+ Documentation/vm/slub.txt).
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_fastpath
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_fastpath file shows how many objects have been freed
+ using the fast path because it was an object from the cpu slab.
+ It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_frozen file shows how many objects have been freed to
+ a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu slab). It can be written to
+ clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_remove_partial file shows how many times an object has
+ been freed to a now-empty slab so that it had to be removed from
+ its node's partial list. It can be written to clear the current
+ count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_slab file shows how many times an empty slab has been
+ freed back to the page allocator. It can be written to clear
+ the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_slowpath file shows how many objects have been freed
+ using the slow path (i.e. to a full or partial slab). It can
+ be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The hwcache_align file is read-only and specifies whether
+ objects are aligned on cachelines.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/min_partial
+Date: February 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.30
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
+Description:
+ The min_partial file specifies how many empty slabs shall
+ remain on a node's partial list to avoid the overhead of
+ allocating new slabs. Such slabs may be reclaimed by utilizing
+ the shrink file.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/object_size
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The object_size file is read-only and specifies the cache's
+ object size.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The objects file is read-only and displays how many objects are
+ active and from which nodes they are from.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects_partial
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The objects_partial file is read-only and displays how many
+ objects are on partial slabs and from which nodes they are
+ from.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objs_per_slab
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The file objs_per_slab is read-only and specifies how many
+ objects may be allocated from a single slab of the order
+ specified in /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The order file specifies the page order at which new slabs are
+ allocated. It is writable and can be changed to increase the
+ number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated
+ because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order
+ possible depending on its characteristics.
+ When debug_guardpage_minorder=N (N > 0) parameter is specified
+ (see Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt), the minimum possible
+ order is used and this sysfs entry can not be used to change
+ the order at run time.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order_fallback
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The order_fallback file shows how many times an allocation of a
+ new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead
+ fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to
+ clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The partial file is read-only and displays how long many
+ partial slabs there are and how long each node's list is.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/poison
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The poison file specifies whether objects should be poisoned
+ when a new slab is allocated.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/reclaim_account
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The reclaim_account file specifies whether the cache's objects
+ are reclaimable (and grouped by their mobility).
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/red_zone
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The red_zone file specifies whether the cache's objects are red
+ zoned.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/remote_node_defrag_ratio
+Date: January 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The file remote_node_defrag_ratio specifies the percentage of
+ times SLUB will attempt to refill the cpu slab with a partial
+ slab from a remote node as opposed to allocating a new slab on
+ the local node. This reduces the amount of wasted memory over
+ the entire system but can be expensive.
+ Available when CONFIG_NUMA is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/sanity_checks
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The sanity_checks file specifies whether expensive checks
+ should be performed on free and, at minimum, enables double free
+ checks. Caches that enable sanity_checks cannot be merged with
+ caches that do not.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/shrink
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The shrink file is written when memory should be reclaimed from
+ a cache. Empty partial slabs are freed and the partial list is
+ sorted so the slabs with the fewest available objects are used
+ first.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slab_size
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The slab_size file is read-only and specifies the object size
+ with metadata (debugging information and alignment) in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slabs
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The slabs file is read-only and displays how long many slabs
+ there are (both cpu and partial) and from which nodes they are
+ from.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/store_user
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The store_user file specifies whether the location of
+ allocation or free should be tracked for a cache.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/total_objects
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The total_objects file is read-only and displays how many total
+ objects a cache has and from which nodes they are from.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/trace
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The trace file specifies whether object allocations and frees
+ should be traced.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/validate
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ Writing to the validate file causes SLUB to traverse all of its
+ cache's objects and check the validity of metadata.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28f1469
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/uids/<uid>/cpu_shares
+Date: December 2007
+Contact: Dhaval Giani <dhaval@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+ Srivatsa Vaddagiri <vatsa@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/kernel/uids/<uid>/cpu_shares tunable is used
+ to set the cpu bandwidth a user is allowed. This is a
+ propotional value. What that means is that if there
+ are two users logged in, each with an equal number of
+ shares, then they will get equal CPU bandwidth. Another
+ example would be, if User A has shares = 1024 and user
+ B has shares = 2048, User B will get twice the CPU
+ bandwidth user A will. For more details refer
+ Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bd8116
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/vmcoreinfo
+Date: October 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.24
+Contact: Ken'ichi Ohmichi <oomichi@mxs.nes.nec.co.jp>
+ Kexec Mailing List <kexec@lists.infradead.org>
+ Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
+Description
+ Shows physical address and size of vmcoreinfo ELF note.
+ First value contains physical address of note in hex and
+ second value contains the size of note in hex. This ELF
+ note info is parsed by second kernel and exported to user
+ space as part of ELF note in /proc/vmcore file. This note
+ contains various information like struct size, symbol
+ values, page size etc.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e14703f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/soft_offline_page
+Date: Sep 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.33
+Contact: andi@firstfloor.org
+Description:
+ Soft-offline the memory page containing the physical address
+ written into this file. Input is a hex number specifying the
+ physical address of the page. The kernel will then attempt
+ to soft-offline it, by moving the contents elsewhere or
+ dropping it if possible. The kernel will then be placed
+ on the bad page list and never be reused.
+
+ The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
+ Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
+ this might change.
+
+ The page must be still accessible, not poisoned. The
+ kernel will never kill anything for this, but rather
+ fail the offline. Return value is the size of the
+ number, or a error when the offlining failed. Reading
+ the file is not allowed.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/hard_offline_page
+Date: Sep 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.33
+Contact: andi@firstfloor.org
+Description:
+ Hard-offline the memory page containing the physical
+ address written into this file. Input is a hex number
+ specifying the physical address of the page. The
+ kernel will then attempt to hard-offline the page, by
+ trying to drop the page or killing any owner or
+ triggering IO errors if needed. Note this may kill
+ any processes owning the page. The kernel will avoid
+ to access this page assuming it's poisoned by the
+ hardware.
+
+ The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
+ Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
+ this might change.
+
+ Return value is the size of the number, or a error when
+ the offlining failed.
+ Reading the file is not allowed.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0aac02e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_mac
+Date: August 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com
+Description: Write/read GbE MAC address.
+
+What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_firmware
+Date: August 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com
+Description: Write/read Option ROM data.
+
+
+What: /sys/module/ehci_hcd/drivers/.../uframe_periodic_max
+Date: July 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Kirill Smelkov <kirr@mns.spb.ru>
+Description: Maximum time allowed for periodic transfers per microframe (μs)
+
+ [ USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per
+ microframe to be 80%, that is 100 microseconds out of 125
+ microseconds (full microframe).
+
+ However there are cases, when 80% max isochronous bandwidth is
+ too limiting. For example two video streams could require 110
+ microseconds of isochronous bandwidth per microframe to work
+ together. ]
+
+ Through this setting it is possible to raise the limit so that
+ the host controller would allow allocating more than 100
+ microseconds of periodic bandwidth per microframe.
+
+ Beware, non-standard modes are usually not thoroughly tested by
+ hardware designers, and the hardware can malfunction when this
+ setting differ from default 100.
+
+What: /sys/module/*/{coresize,initsize}
+Date: Jan 2012
+KernelVersion:»·3.3
+Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
+Description: Module size in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/module/*/taint
+Date: Jan 2012
+KernelVersion:»·3.3
+Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
+Description: Module taint flags:
+ P - proprietary module
+ O - out-of-tree module
+ F - force-loaded module
+ C - staging driver module
+ E - unsigned module
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7cc516
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2 directory contains knobs used by the
+ ocfs2-tools to interact with the filesystem.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol file displays version
+ of ocfs2 locking supported by the filesystem. This version
+ covers how ocfs2 uses distributed locking between cluster
+ nodes.
+
+ The protocol version has a major and minor number. Two
+ cluster nodes can interoperate if they have an identical
+ major number and an overlapping minor number - thus,
+ a node with version 1.10 can interoperate with a node
+ sporting version 1.8, as long as both use the 1.8 protocol.
+
+ Reading from this file returns a single line, the major
+ number and minor number joined by a period, eg "1.10".
+
+ This file is read-only. The value is compiled into the
+ driver.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins file describes
+ the available plugins to support ocfs2 cluster operation.
+ A cluster plugin is required to use ocfs2 in a cluster.
+ There are currently two available plugins:
+
+ * 'o2cb' - The classic o2cb cluster stack that ocfs2 has
+ used since its inception.
+ * 'user' - A plugin supporting userspace cluster software
+ in conjunction with fs/dlm.
+
+ Reading from this file returns the names of all loaded
+ plugins, one per line.
+
+ This file is read-only. Its contents may change as
+ plugins are loaded or removed.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin displays which
+ cluster plugin is currently in use by the filesystem.
+ The active plugin will appear in the loaded_cluster_plugins
+ file as well. Only one plugin can be used at a time.
+
+ Reading from this file returns the name of the active plugin
+ on a single line.
+
+ This file is read-only. Which plugin is active depends on
+ the cluster stack in use. The contents may change
+ when all filesystems are unmounted and the cluster stack
+ is changed.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack file contains the name
+ of current ocfs2 cluster stack. This value is set by
+ userspace tools when bringing the cluster stack online.
+
+ Cluster stack names are 4 characters in length.
+
+ When the 'o2cb' cluster stack is used, the 'o2cb' cluster
+ plugin is active. All other cluster stacks use the 'user'
+ cluster plugin.
+
+ Reading from this file returns the name of the current
+ cluster stack on a single line.
+
+ Writing a new stack name to this file changes the current
+ cluster stack unless there are mounted ocfs2 filesystems.
+ If there are mounted filesystems, attempts to change the
+ stack return an error.
+
+Users:
+ ocfs2-tools <ocfs2-tools-devel@oss.oracle.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd9d667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/display
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ This file allows display switching. The value
+ is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow:
+ 4321
+ |||`- LCD
+ ||`-- CRT
+ |`--- TV
+ `---- DVI
+ Ex: - 0 (0000b) means no display
+ - 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the gps device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+Users: Lapsus
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ledd
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be
+ used to display several items of information.
+ To control the LED display, use the following :
+ echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/
+ where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display.
+ The DDD table can be found in Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/bluetooth
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the bluetooth device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+ This may control the led, the device or both.
+Users: Lapsus
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wlan
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the wlan device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+ This may control the led, the device or both.
+Users: Lapsus
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wimax
+Date: October 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the wimax device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wwan
+Date: October 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the wwan (3G) device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..019e1e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cpufv
+Date: Oct 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Change CPU clock configuration (write-only).
+ There are three available clock configuration:
+ * 0 -> Super Performance Mode
+ * 1 -> High Performance Mode
+ * 2 -> Power Saving Mode
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/camera
+Date: Jan 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cardr
+Date: Jan 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/touchpad
+Date: Jan 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the card touchpad. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/lid_resume
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: "AceLan Kao" <acelan.kao@canonical.com>
+Description:
+ Resume on lid open. 1 means on, 0 means off.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cc6a86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/at91_can/net/<iface>/mb0_id
+Date: January 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: Marc Kleine-Budde <kernel@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Value representing the can_id of mailbox 0.
+
+ Default: 0x7ff (standard frame)
+
+ Due to a chip bug (errata 50.2.6.3 & 50.3.5.3 in
+ "AT91SAM9263 Preliminary 6249H-ATARM-27-Jul-09") the
+ contents of mailbox 0 may be send under certain
+ conditions (even if disabled or in rx mode).
+
+ The workaround in the errata suggests not to use the
+ mailbox and load it with an unused identifier.
+
+ In order to use an extended can_id add the
+ CAN_EFF_FLAG (0x80000000U) to the can_id. Example:
+
+ - standard id 0x7ff:
+ echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
+
+ - extended id 0x1fffffff:
+ echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1bad92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/devices/../../gisb_arb_timeout
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Returns the currently configured raw timeout value of the
+ Broadcom Set Top Box internal GISB bus arbiter. Minimum value
+ is 1, and maximum value is 0xffffffff.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..151c595
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_req
+Date: Feb 2014
+Contact: Li Jun <b47624@freescale.com>
+Description:
+ Can be set and read.
+ Set a_bus_req(A-device bus request) input to be 1 if
+ the application running on the A-device wants to use the bus,
+ and to be 0 when the application no longer wants to use
+ the bus(or wants to work as peripheral). a_bus_req can also
+ be set to 1 by kernel in response to remote wakeup signaling
+ from the B-device, the A-device should decide to resume the bus.
+
+ Valid values are "1" and "0".
+
+ Reading: returns 1 if the application running on the A-device
+ is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_drop
+Date: Feb 2014
+Contact: Li Jun <b47624@freescale.com>
+Description:
+ Can be set and read
+ The a_bus_drop(A-device bus drop) input is 1 when the
+ application running on the A-device wants to power down
+ the bus, and is 0 otherwise, When a_bus_drop is 1, then
+ the a_bus_req shall be 0.
+
+ Valid values are "1" and "0".
+
+ Reading: returns 1 if the bus is off(vbus is turned off) by
+ A-device, otherwise 0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/b_bus_req
+Date: Feb 2014
+Contact: Li Jun <b47624@freescale.com>
+Description:
+ Can be set and read.
+ The b_bus_req(B-device bus request) input is 1 during the time
+ that the application running on the B-device wants to use the
+ bus as host, and is 0 when the application no longer wants to
+ work as host and decides to switch back to be peripheral.
+
+ Valid values are "1" and "0".
+
+ Reading: returns if the application running on the B device
+ is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_clr_err
+Date: Feb 2014
+Contact: Li Jun <b47624@freescale.com>
+Description:
+ Only can be set.
+ The a_clr_err(A-device Vbus error clear) input is used to clear
+ vbus error, then A-device will power down the bus.
+
+ Valid value is "1"
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c6a0b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_enabled
+Date: December 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+ Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows to control the automatic keyboard
+ illumination mode on some systems that have an ambient
+ light sensor. Write 1 to this file to enable the auto
+ mode, 0 to disable it.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_setting
+Date: December 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+ Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows to specifiy the on/off threshold value,
+ as reported by the ambient light sensor.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+Date: December 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+ Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows to control the input triggers that
+ turn on the keyboard backlight illumination that is
+ disabled because of inactivity.
+ Read the file to see the triggers available. The ones
+ enabled are preceded by '+', those disabled by '-'.
+
+ To enable a trigger, write its name preceded by '+' to
+ this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded
+ by '-' instead.
+
+ For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run:
+ echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+ To disable it:
+ echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+
+ Note that not all the available triggers can be configured.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout
+Date: December 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+ Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows to specify the interval after which the
+ keyboard illumination is disabled because of inactivity.
+ The timeouts are expressed in seconds, minutes, hours and
+ days, for which the symbols are 's', 'm', 'h' and 'd'
+ respectively.
+
+ To configure the timeout, write to this file a value along
+ with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value
+ is assumed to be expressed in seconds.
+
+ For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run:
+ echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout
+
+ Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be
+ expressed in a different unit than the one used when the timeout
+ was set.
+
+ Also note that only some timeouts are supported and that
+ some systems might fall back to a specific timeout in case
+ an invalid timeout is written to this file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b026c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/disp
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ This file allows display switching.
+ - 1 = LCD
+ - 2 = CRT
+ - 3 = LCD+CRT
+ If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cardr
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cpufv
+Date: Jun 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Change CPU clock configuration.
+ On the Eee PC 1000H there are three available clock configuration:
+ * 0 -> Super Performance Mode
+ * 1 -> High Performance Mode
+ * 2 -> Power Saving Mode
+ On Eee PC 701 there is only 2 available clock configurations.
+ Available configuration are listed in available_cpufv file.
+ Reading this file will show the raw hexadecimal value which
+ is defined as follow:
+ | 8 bit | 8 bit |
+ | `---- Current mode
+ `------------ Availables modes
+ For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv
+Date: Jun 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ List available cpufv modes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b31e782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/camera_power
+Date: Dec 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: "Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>"
+Description:
+ Control the power of camera module. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/fan_mode
+Date: June 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.6
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Change fan mode
+ There are four available modes:
+ * 0 -> Super Silent Mode
+ * 1 -> Standard Mode
+ * 2 -> Dust Cleaning
+ * 4 -> Efficient Thermal Dissipation Mode
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c165327
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/dev_name
+Date: January 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
+Description:
+ Name of the UART device at which the WL128x chip
+ is connected. example: "/dev/ttyS0".
+ The device name flows down to architecture specific board
+ initialization file from the SFI/ATAGS bootloader
+ firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space
+ dameon and opens the device when install is requested.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/baud_rate
+Date: January 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
+Description:
+ The maximum reliable baud-rate the host can support.
+ Different platforms tend to have different high-speed
+ UART configurations, so the baud-rate needs to be set
+ locally and also sent across to the WL128x via a HCI-VS
+ command. The entry is read and made use by the user-space
+ daemon when the ldisc install is requested.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/flow_cntrl
+Date: January 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
+Description:
+ The WL128x makes use of flow control mechanism, and this
+ entry most often should be 1, the host's UART is required
+ to have the capability of flow-control, or else this
+ entry can be made use of for exceptions.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/install
+Date: January 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
+Description:
+ When one of the protocols Bluetooth, FM or GPS wants to make
+ use of the shared UART transport, it registers to the shared
+ transport driver, which will signal the user-space for opening,
+ configuring baud and install line discipline via this sysfs
+ entry. This entry would be polled upon by the user-space
+ daemon managing the UART, and is notified about the change
+ by the sysfs_notify. The value would be '1' when UART needs
+ to be opened/ldisc installed, and would be '0' when UART
+ is no more required and needs to be closed.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..307a247
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/lcd_level
+Date: Oct 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>"
+Description:
+ Screen brightness: contains a single integer in the range 0..8.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_brightness
+Date: Oct 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>"
+Description:
+ Enable automatic brightness control: contains either 0 or 1. If
+ set to 1 the hardware adjusts the screen brightness
+ automatically when the power cord is plugged/unplugged.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/wlan
+Date: Oct 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>"
+Description:
+ WLAN subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/bluetooth
+Date: Oct 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>"
+Description:
+ Bluetooth subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. Please
+ note that this file is constantly 0 if no Bluetooth hardware is
+ available.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/touchpad
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if touchpad is turned on.
+ Touchpad state can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F3.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_mode
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if turbo mode is turned
+ on. In turbo mode power LED is orange and processor is
+ overclocked. Turbo mode is available only if charging. It is
+ only possible to toggle turbo mode state by pressing Fn+F10,
+ and there is a few seconds cooldown between subsequent toggles.
+ If user presses Fn+F10 too frequent, turbo mode state is not
+ changed.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/eco_mode
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if ECO mode is turned on.
+ In ECO mode power LED is green and userspace should do some
+ powersaving actions. ECO mode is available only on battery
+ power. ECO mode can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F10.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_cooldown
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains value in range 0..3:
+ * 0 -> Turbo mode is off
+ * 1 -> Turbo mode is on, cannot be turned off yet
+ * 2 -> Turbo mode is off, cannot be turned on yet
+ * 3 -> Turbo mode is on
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_fan
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if fan speed is controlled
+ automatically (1) or fan runs at maximal speed (0). Can be
+ toggled in software.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6e20ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/otg_mode
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi>
+Description:
+ Set or read the current OTG mode. Valid values are "host" and
+ "peripheral".
+
+ Reading: returns the current mode.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/vbus
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi>
+Description:
+ Read the current VBUS state.
+
+ Reading: returns "on" or "off".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e685957
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/adc
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the presence of an A/D Converter. If it is present,
+ it will display "1", otherwise "0".
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/ereset
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the presence of an external reset. If it is present,
+ it will display "1", otherwise "0".
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/id
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Product ID of the TS board. TS-5500 ID is 0x60.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/jumpers
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Bitfield showing the jumpers' state. If a jumper is present,
+ the corresponding bit is set. For instance, 0x0e means jumpers
+ 2, 3 and 4 are set.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/name
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Model name of the TS board, e.g. "TS-5500".
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/rs485
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the presence of the RS485 option. If it is present,
+ it will display "1", otherwise "0".
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/sram
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the presence of the SRAM option. If it is present,
+ it will display "1", otherwise "0".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..512c51b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*twl4030-usb/vbus
+Description:
+ Read-only status reporting if VBUS (approx 5V)
+ is being supplied by the USB bus.
+
+ Possible values: "on", "off".
+
+ Changes are notified via select/poll.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50b368d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+What: /sys/power/
+Date: August 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power directory will contain files that will
+ provide a unified interface to the power management
+ subsystem.
+
+What: /sys/power/state
+Date: May 2014
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/state file controls system sleep states.
+ Reading from this file returns the available sleep state
+ labels, which may be "mem", "standby", "freeze" and "disk"
+ (hibernation). The meanings of the first three labels depend on
+ the relative_sleep_states command line argument as follows:
+ 1) relative_sleep_states = 1
+ "mem", "standby", "freeze" represent non-hibernation sleep
+ states from the deepest ("mem", always present) to the
+ shallowest ("freeze"). "standby" and "freeze" may or may
+ not be present depending on the capabilities of the
+ platform. "freeze" can only be present if "standby" is
+ present.
+ 2) relative_sleep_states = 0 (default)
+ "mem" - "suspend-to-RAM", present if supported.
+ "standby" - "power-on suspend", present if supported.
+ "freeze" - "suspend-to-idle", always present.
+
+ Writing to this file one of these strings causes the system to
+ transition into the corresponding state, if available. See
+ Documentation/power/states.txt for a description of what
+ "suspend-to-RAM", "power-on suspend" and "suspend-to-idle" mean.
+
+What: /sys/power/disk
+Date: September 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/disk file controls the operating mode of the
+ suspend-to-disk mechanism. Reading from this file returns
+ the name of the method by which the system will be put to
+ sleep on the next suspend. There are four methods supported:
+ 'firmware' - means that the memory image will be saved to disk
+ by some firmware, in which case we also assume that the
+ firmware will handle the system suspend.
+ 'platform' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
+ the system will be put to sleep by the platform driver (e.g.
+ ACPI or other PM registers).
+ 'shutdown' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
+ the system will be powered off.
+ 'reboot' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
+ the system will be rebooted.
+
+ Additionally, /sys/power/disk can be used to turn on one of the
+ two testing modes of the suspend-to-disk mechanism: 'testproc'
+ or 'test'. If the suspend-to-disk mechanism is in the
+ 'testproc' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause
+ the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, wait for 5
+ seconds, unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. If it is in
+ the 'test' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause
+ the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, shrink
+ memory, suspend devices, wait for 5 seconds, resume devices,
+ unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. Then, we are able to
+ look in the log messages and work out, for example, which code
+ is being slow and which device drivers are misbehaving.
+
+ The suspend-to-disk method may be chosen by writing to this
+ file one of the accepted strings:
+
+ 'firmware'
+ 'platform'
+ 'shutdown'
+ 'reboot'
+ 'testproc'
+ 'test'
+
+ It will only change to 'firmware' or 'platform' if the system
+ supports that.
+
+What: /sys/power/image_size
+Date: August 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/image_size file controls the size of the image
+ created by the suspend-to-disk mechanism. It can be written a
+ string representing a non-negative integer that will be used
+ as an upper limit of the image size, in bytes. The kernel's
+ suspend-to-disk code will do its best to ensure the image size
+ will not exceed this number. However, if it turns out to be
+ impossible, the kernel will try to suspend anyway using the
+ smallest image possible. In particular, if "0" is written to
+ this file, the suspend image will be as small as possible.
+
+ Reading from this file will display the current image size
+ limit, which is set to 500 MB by default.
+
+What: /sys/power/pm_trace
+Date: August 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_trace file controls the code which saves the
+ last PM event point in the RTC across reboots, so that you can
+ debug a machine that just hangs during suspend (or more
+ commonly, during resume). Namely, the RTC is only used to save
+ the last PM event point if this file contains '1'. Initially
+ it contains '0' which may be changed to '1' by writing a
+ string representing a nonzero integer into it.
+
+ To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend
+ the machine, then reboot it and run
+
+ dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches'
+
+ If you do not get any matches (or they appear to be false
+ positives), it is possible that the last PM event point
+ referred to a device created by a loadable kernel module. In
+ this case cat /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match (see below) after
+ your system is started up and the kernel modules are loaded.
+
+ CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS)
+ clock to be set to a random invalid time after a resume.
+
+What; /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: James Hogan <james@albanarts.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match file contains the name of the
+ device associated with the last PM event point saved in the RTC
+ across reboots when pm_trace has been used. More precisely it
+ contains the list of current devices (including those
+ registered by loadable kernel modules since boot) which match
+ the device hash in the RTC at boot, with a newline after each
+ one.
+
+ The advantage of this file over the hash matches printed to the
+ kernel log (see /sys/power/pm_trace), is that it includes
+ devices created after boot by loadable kernel modules.
+
+ Due to the small hash size necessary to fit in the RTC, it is
+ possible that more than one device matches the hash, in which
+ case further investigation is required to determine which
+ device is causing the problem. Note that genuine RTC clock
+ values (such as when pm_trace has not been used), can still
+ match a device and output it's name here.
+
+What: /sys/power/pm_async
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_async file controls the switch allowing the
+ user space to enable or disable asynchronous suspend and resume
+ of devices. If enabled, this feature will cause some device
+ drivers' suspend and resume callbacks to be executed in parallel
+ with each other and with the main suspend thread. It is enabled
+ if this file contains "1", which is the default. It may be
+ disabled by writing "0" to this file, in which case all devices
+ will be suspended and resumed synchronously.
+
+What: /sys/power/wakeup_count
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/wakeup_count file allows user space to put the
+ system into a sleep state while taking into account the
+ concurrent arrival of wakeup events. Reading from it returns
+ the current number of registered wakeup events and it blocks if
+ some wakeup events are being processed at the time the file is
+ read from. Writing to it will only succeed if the current
+ number of wakeup events is equal to the written value and, if
+ successful, will make the kernel abort a subsequent transition
+ to a sleep state if any wakeup events are reported after the
+ write has returned.
+
+What: /sys/power/reserved_size
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/reserved_size file allows user space to control
+ the amount of memory reserved for allocations made by device
+ drivers during the "device freeze" stage of hibernation. It can
+ be written a string representing a non-negative integer that
+ will be used as the amount of memory to reserve for allocations
+ made by device drivers' "freeze" callbacks, in bytes.
+
+ Reading from this file will display the current value, which is
+ set to 1 MB by default.
+
+What: /sys/power/autosleep
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/autosleep file can be written one of the strings
+ returned by reads from /sys/power/state. If that happens, a
+ work item attempting to trigger a transition of the system to
+ the sleep state represented by that string is queued up. This
+ attempt will only succeed if there are no active wakeup sources
+ in the system at that time. After every execution, regardless
+ of whether or not the attempt to put the system to sleep has
+ succeeded, the work item requeues itself until user space
+ writes "off" to /sys/power/autosleep.
+
+ Reading from this file causes the last string successfully
+ written to it to be returned.
+
+What: /sys/power/wake_lock
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/wake_lock file allows user space to create
+ wakeup source objects and activate them on demand (if one of
+ those wakeup sources is active, reads from the
+ /sys/power/wakeup_count file block or return false). When a
+ string without white space is written to /sys/power/wake_lock,
+ it will be assumed to represent a wakeup source name. If there
+ is a wakeup source object with that name, it will be activated
+ (unless active already). Otherwise, a new wakeup source object
+ will be registered, assigned the given name and activated.
+ If a string written to /sys/power/wake_lock contains white
+ space, the part of the string preceding the white space will be
+ regarded as a wakeup source name and handled as descrived above.
+ The other part of the string will be regarded as a timeout (in
+ nanoseconds) such that the wakeup source will be automatically
+ deactivated after it has expired. The timeout, if present, is
+ set regardless of the current state of the wakeup source object
+ in question.
+
+ Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of
+ wakeup sources created with the help of it that are active at
+ the moment, separated with spaces.
+
+
+What: /sys/power/wake_unlock
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/wake_unlock file allows user space to deactivate
+ wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock.
+ When a string is written to /sys/power/wake_unlock, it will be
+ assumed to represent the name of a wakeup source to deactivate.
+ If a wakeup source object of that name exists and is active at
+ the moment, it will be deactivated.
+
+ Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of
+ wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock
+ that are inactive at the moment, separated with spaces.
+
+What: /sys/power/pm_print_times
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Sameer Nanda <snanda@chromium.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_print_times file allows user space to
+ control whether the time taken by devices to suspend and
+ resume is printed. These prints are useful for hunting down
+ devices that take too long to suspend or resume.
+
+ Writing a "1" enables this printing while writing a "0"
+ disables it. The default value is "0". Reading from this file
+ will display the current value.
+
+What: /sys/power/pm_wakeup_irq
+Date: April 2015
+Contact: Alexandra Yates <alexandra.yates@linux.intel.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_wakeup_irq file reports to user space the IRQ
+ number of the first wakeup interrupt (that is, the first
+ interrupt from an IRQ line armed for system wakeup) seen by the
+ kernel during the most recent system suspend/resume cycle.
+
+ This output is useful for system wakeup diagnostics of spurious
+ wakeup interrupts.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25028c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+What: /sys/class/pps/
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ directory will contain files and
+ directories that will provide a unified interface to
+ the PPS sources.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/ directory is related to X-th
+ PPS source into the system. Each directory will
+ contain files to manage and control its PPS source.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert file reports the assert events
+ and the assert sequence number of the X-th source in the form:
+
+ <secs>.<nsec>#<sequence>
+
+ If the source has no assert events the content of this file
+ is empty.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear file reports the clear events
+ and the clear sequence number of the X-th source in the form:
+
+ <secs>.<nsec>#<sequence>
+
+ If the source has no clear events the content of this file
+ is empty.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode file reports the functioning
+ mode of the X-th source in hexadecimal encoding.
+
+ Please, refer to linux/include/linux/pps.h for further
+ info.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo file reports if the X-th does
+ or does not support an "echo" function.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name file reports the name of the
+ X-th source.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path file reports the path name of
+ the device connected with the X-th source.
+
+ If the source is not connected with any device the content
+ of this file is empty.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a8e466
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/profiling
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ /sys/kernel/profiling is the runtime equivalent
+ of the boot-time profile= option.
+
+ You can get the same effect running:
+
+ echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profiling
+
+ as you would by issuing profile=2 on the boot
+ command line.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44806a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+What: /sys/class/ptp/
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This directory contains files and directories
+ providing a standardized interface to the ancillary
+ features of PTP hardware clocks.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This directory contains the attributes of the Nth PTP
+ hardware clock registered into the PTP class driver
+ subsystem.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/clock_name
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the name of the PTP hardware clock
+ as a human readable string. The purpose of this
+ attribute is to provide the user with a "friendly
+ name" and to help distinguish PHY based devices from
+ MAC based ones. The string does not necessarily have
+ to be any kind of unique id.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/max_adjustment
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the PTP hardware clock's maximum
+ frequency adjustment value (a positive integer) in
+ parts per billion.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_alarms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the number of periodic or one shot
+ alarms offer by the PTP hardware clock.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_external_timestamps
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the number of external timestamp
+ channels offered by the PTP hardware clock.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_periodic_outputs
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the number of programmable periodic
+ output channels offered by the PTP hardware clock.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_pins
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the number of programmable pins
+ offered by the PTP hardware clock.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pins
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This directory contains one file for each programmable
+ pin offered by the PTP hardware clock. The file name
+ is the hardware dependent pin name. Reading from this
+ file produces two numbers, the assigned function (see
+ the PTP_PF_ enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h)
+ and the channel number. The function and channel
+ assignment may be changed by two writing numbers into
+ the file.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_avaiable
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file indicates whether the PTP hardware clock
+ supports a Pulse Per Second to the host CPU. Reading
+ "1" means that the PPS is supported, while "0" means
+ not supported.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/extts_enable
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This write-only file enables or disables external
+ timestamps. To enable external timestamps, write the
+ channel index followed by a "1" into the file.
+ To disable external timestamps, write the channel
+ index followed by a "0" into the file.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/fifo
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file provides timestamps on external events, in
+ the form of three integers: channel index, seconds,
+ and nanoseconds.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/period
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This write-only file enables or disables periodic
+ outputs. To enable a periodic output, write five
+ integers into the file: channel index, start time
+ seconds, start time nanoseconds, period seconds, and
+ period nanoseconds. To disable a periodic output, set
+ all the seconds and nanoseconds values to zero.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_enable
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This write-only file enables or disables delivery of
+ PPS events to the Linux PPS subsystem. To enable PPS
+ events, write a "1" into the file. To disable events,
+ write a "0" into the file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9eb3c2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+What: /sys/class/tty/console/active
+Date: Nov 2010
+Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
+Description:
+ Shows the list of currently configured
+ console devices, like 'tty1 ttyS0'.
+ The last entry in the file is the active
+ device connected to /dev/console.
+ The file supports poll() to detect virtual
+ console switches.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/tty0/active
+Date: Nov 2010
+Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
+Description:
+ Shows the currently active virtual console
+ device, like 'tty1'.
+ The file supports poll() to detect virtual
+ console switches.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/uartclk
+Date: Sep 2012
+Contact: Tomas Hlavacek <tmshlvck@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current uartclk value associated with the
+ UART port in serial_core, that is bound to TTY like ttyS0.
+ uartclk = 16 * baud_base
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/type
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current tty type for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/line
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current tty line number for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/port
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current tty port I/O address for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/irq
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current primary interrupt for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/flags
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the tty port status flags for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/xmit_fifo_size
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the transmit FIFO size for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/close_delay
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the closing delay time for this port in ms.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/closing_wait
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the close wait time for this port in ms.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/custom_divisor
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the custom divisor if any that is set on this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/io_type
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the I/O type that is to be used with the iomem base
+ address.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_base
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ The I/O memory base for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_reg_shift
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the register shift indicating the spacing to be used
+ for accesses on this iomem address.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/rx_trig_bytes
+Date: May 2014
+Contact: Yoshihiro YUNOMAE <yoshihiro.yunomae.ez@hitachi.com>
+Description:
+ Shows current RX interrupt trigger bytes or sets the
+ user specified value to change it for the FIFO buffer.
+ Users can show or set this value regardless of opening the
+ serial device file or not.
+
+ The RX trigger can be set one of four kinds of values for UART
+ serials. When users input a meaning less value to this I/F,
+ the RX trigger is changed to the nearest lower value for the
+ device specification. For example, when user sets 7bytes on
+ 16550A, which has 1/4/8/14 bytes trigger, the RX trigger is
+ automatically changed to 4 bytes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a99c5f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_*
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Various files for managing Cable Based Association of
+ (wireless) USB devices.
+
+ The sequence of operations should be:
+
+ 1. Device is plugged in.
+
+ 2. The connection manager (CM) sees a device with CBA capability.
+ (the wusb_chid etc. files in /sys/devices/blah/OURDEVICE).
+
+ 3. The CM writes the host name, supported band groups,
+ and the CHID (host ID) into the wusb_host_name,
+ wusb_host_band_groups and wusb_chid files. These
+ get sent to the device and the CDID (if any) for
+ this host is requested.
+
+ 4. The CM can verify that the device's supported band
+ groups (wusb_device_band_groups) are compatible
+ with the host.
+
+ 5. The CM reads the wusb_cdid file.
+
+ 6. The CM looks it up its database.
+
+ - If it has a matching CHID,CDID entry, the device
+ has been authorized before and nothing further
+ needs to be done.
+
+ - If the CDID is zero (or the CM doesn't find a
+ matching CDID in its database), the device is
+ assumed to be not known. The CM may associate
+ the host with device by: writing a randomly
+ generated CDID to wusb_cdid and then a random CK
+ to wusb_ck (this uploads the new CC to the
+ device).
+
+ CMD may choose to prompt the user before
+ associating with a new device.
+
+ 7. Device is unplugged.
+
+ References:
+ [WUSB-AM] Association Models Supplement to the
+ Certified Wireless Universal Serial Bus
+ Specification, version 1.0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_chid
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The CHID of the host formatted as 16 space-separated
+ hex octets.
+
+ Writes fetches device's supported band groups and the
+ the CDID for any existing association with this host.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_name
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ A friendly name for the host as a UTF-8 encoded string.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_band_groups
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The band groups supported by the host, in the format
+ defined in [WUSB-AM].
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_device_band_groups
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The band groups supported by the device, in the format
+ defined in [WUSB-AM].
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_cdid
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The device's CDID formatted as 16 space-separated hex
+ octets.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_ck
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Write 16 space-separated random, hex octets to
+ associate with the device.